Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Operations Research

2,210 missions · 1,104 completed

The discipline of applying mathematical analysis to complex decision problems in operations: allocating scarce resources, scheduling, routing, inventory, and the design of service and production systems. Drawing on mathematical programming, stochastic modeling, queueing, simulation, and game-theoretic reasoning, it seeks policies that perform provably well in systems shaped by constraints, congestion, and uncertainty.

Missions

Open1106Completed1104All2210
🏆Completed
Markov ChainProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks IV: Symmetric Queues with Gamma-Mixture Service RequirementsTextbook

Why symmetric queues

The classical product-form results for queueing networks (Jackson, Kelly, Baskett–Chandy–Muntz–Palacios) assume exponentially distributed service requirements, because then the state of a queue need not record how much service each customer has received. Real service times are rarely exponential: telephone call lengths, job sizes in time-shared computers and web transfers are far from it. Symmetric queues, introduced in §3.3 of F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979), form the class of single queues for which the stationary distribution of the number of customers, and of their classes, depends on the service requirement distribution only through its mean. This property, insensitivity, is what makes Erlang's loss formula valid for arbitrarily distributed call lengths (Kelly, p. 79), and it is the reason processor-sharing, last-come-first-served preemptive and infinite-server stations may appear with general service in product-form networks.

Timeline. Sevastyanov (1957) proved that Erlang's loss formula holds for arbitrarily distributed call lengths. Kelly (1975, 1976) introduced queues with customers of different types whose effort and arrival-position functions coincide, and showed product form for networks of them with non-exponential service built from exponential stages; Barbour (1976) extended the method of stages; Baskett, Chandy, Muntz and Palacios (1975) gave product form for networks containing processor-sharing, LCFS-preemptive and infinite-server stations with phase-type service. Kelly's 1979 book presents the symmetric queue in the form formalized here.

Setting

A symmetric queue holds customers in positions 1,2,…,n1, 2, \dots, n1,2,…,n, where nnn is the number present. It operates as follows (Kelly, p. 72):

  1. the service requirement of a customer is a random variable whose distribution may depend on the class of the customer;
  2. a total service effort is supplied at rate ϕ(n)\phi(n)ϕ(n), with ϕ(n)>0\phi(n) > 0ϕ(n)>0 for n>0n > 0n>0;
  3. a proportion γ(l,n)\gamma(l, n)γ(l,n) of this effort, ∑l=1nγ(l,n)=1\sum_{l=1}^n \gamma(l, n) = 1∑l=1n​γ(l,n)=1, goes to the customer in position lll; when he leaves, the customers in positions l+1,…,nl+1, \dots, nl+1,…,n move down by one;
  4. an arriving customer moves into position l∈{1,…,n+1}l \in \{1, \dots, n+1\}l∈{1,…,n+1} with probability γ(l,n+1)\gamma(l, n+1)γ(l,n+1) — the same function — and the customers in positions l,…,nl, \dots, nl,…,n move up by one.

Server-sharing (γ(l,n)=1/n\gamma(l, n) = 1/nγ(l,n)=1/n), the stack (γ(n,n)=1\gamma(n, n) = 1γ(n,n)=1, last come first served preemptive), the queue with no waiting room and the infinite-server queue are examples (pp. 73–74).

Customers of class ccc arrive in a Poisson stream of rate ν(c)\nu(c)ν(c). On arrival a class-ccc customer receives a refined class (c,z)(c, z)(c,z) with probability p(c,z)p(c, z)p(c,z), ∑zp(c,z)=1\sum_z p(c, z) = 1∑z​p(c,z)=1, and then needs w(c,z)≥1w(c, z) \ge 1w(c,z)≥1 independent stages of service, each exponentially distributed with mean d(c,z)>0d(c, z) > 0d(c,z)>0. The class-ccc service requirement is therefore a mixture of gamma distributions with mean

a(c)=∑zp(c,z) w(c,z) d(c,z),a(c) = \sum_z p(c, z)\, w(c, z)\, d(c, z),a(c)=z∑​p(c,z)w(c,z)d(c,z),

and the work arriving per unit time is a=∑cν(c)a(c)a = \sum_c \nu(c) a(c)a=∑c​ν(c)a(c). The record of the customer in position lll is c(l)=(c(l),z(l),u(l))\mathbf c(l) = (c(l), z(l), u(l))c(l)=(c(l),z(l),u(l)), u(l)u(l)u(l) the stage in progress, and c=(c(1),…,c(n))\mathbf c = (\mathbf c(1), \dots, \mathbf c(n))c=(c(1),…,c(n)) is a Markov process. Its transitions are: an arrival of class (c,z)(c,z)(c,z) into position lll at stage 111, at rate ν(c)p(c,z)γ(l,n+1)\nu(c)p(c,z)\gamma(l, n+1)ν(c)p(c,z)γ(l,n+1); and, at rate ϕ(n)γ(l,n)/d(c(l),z(l))\phi(n)\gamma(l,n)/d(c(l),z(l))ϕ(n)γ(l,n)/d(c(l),z(l)), completion of the current stage of the customer in position lll, which moves him to the next stage or, after stage w(c(l),z(l))w(c(l), z(l))w(c(l),z(l)), out of the queue. The normalizing constant is

b−1=∑n=0∞an∏l=1nϕ(l).(3.15)b^{-1} = \sum_{n=0}^{\infty} \frac{a^n}{\prod_{l=1}^n \phi(l)}. \tag{3.15}b−1=n=0∑∞​∏l=1n​ϕ(l)an​.(3.15)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.8

When (3.15) converges, the distribution

π(c)=b∏l=1nν(c(l)) p(c(l),z(l)) d(c(l),z(l))ϕ(l)(3.18)\pi(\mathbf c) = b \prod_{l=1}^n \frac{\nu(c(l))\, p(c(l), z(l))\, d(c(l), z(l))}{\phi(l)} \tag{3.18}π(c)=bl=1∏n​ϕ(l)ν(c(l))p(c(l),z(l))d(c(l),z(l))​(3.18)

is the equilibrium distribution of c\mathbf cc, and under it

P(n customers)=b an∏l=1nϕ(l),P(classes c1,…,cn∣n)=∏l=1nν(cl) a(cl)a,\mathbb P(n \text{ customers}) = \frac{b\,a^n}{\prod_{l=1}^n \phi(l)}, \qquad \mathbb P(\text{classes } c_1, \dots, c_n \mid n) = \prod_{l=1}^n \frac{\nu(c_l)\, a(c_l)}{a},P(n customers)=∏l=1n​ϕ(l)ban​,P(classes c1​,…,cn​∣n)=l=1∏n​aν(cl​)a(cl​)​,

and the queue is quasi-reversible with respect to the classification ccc and to (c,z)(c, z)(c,z): from every state, the rate of arrivals of each class does not depend on the state, both for the process and its time reversal (relations (3.8) and (3.10) of p. 67).

Milestones

  • Eqs. (3.14)–(3.15): the case of one refinement per class, π(c)=b∏lν(c(l))d(c(l))/ϕ(l)\pi(\mathbf c) = b\prod_l \nu(c(l))d(c(l))/\phi(l)π(c)=b∏l​ν(c(l))d(c(l))/ϕ(l) with a=∑cν(c)d(c)w(c)a = \sum_c \nu(c)d(c)w(c)a=∑c​ν(c)d(c)w(c).
  • Eqs. (3.16)–(3.17): in that case, the law of nnn, and given nnn independent positions of class ccc with probability ν(c)d(c)w(c)/a\nu(c)d(c)w(c)/aν(c)d(c)w(c)/a and uniform stage.
  • Eq. (3.18): the equilibrium distribution under gamma-mixture service.
  • Lemma 3.9: mixtures of gamma distributions approximate, at continuity points, the distribution function of any positive random variable.

Significance

Theorem 3.8 gives the stationary law of a symmetric queue in closed form and shows that it depends on the service requirement distributions only through their means a(c)a(c)a(c). Quasi-reversibility (part (iii)) is the property that lets symmetric queues be placed in networks: Kelly's §3.2 shows that a network of quasi-reversible queues has a product-form equilibrium, so Theorem 3.8 is the single-queue input to product-form networks with processor-sharing, LCFS-preemptive and infinite-server stations and class-dependent, non-exponential service. Lemma 3.9 is the approximation step behind the extension to arbitrary service distributions (Theorem 3.10).

These results are classical and proved in the book. To our knowledge none of them is machine-checked; Mathlib has the gamma distribution and distribution functions but no queueing theory. The mission produces a formal model of the symmetric queue as a countable-state Markov process, its equilibrium distribution, the insensitive marginals and the rate characterization of quasi-reversibility, all reusable by the chapter on networks of quasi-reversible queues.

Difficulty

The obvious first attempt, detailed balance, fails: the stage process is not reversible in general, since an intermediate stage completion has no transition back. The equilibrium equations must be verified in full, over a countable state space in which a single state is reached from infinitely many others. The symmetry condition γ≡δ\gamma \equiv \deltaγ≡δ is essential and must enter the argument: without it (for first-come-first-served, say) the distribution (3.18) is false for non-exponential service. Positions shift on every arrival and departure, so the bookkeeping of which list results from which event, including coincidences when neighbouring customers have identical records, is the main formal burden. The marginal computations sum (3.18) over lists of records, where convergence must be tracked, and Lemma 3.9 needs an explicit construction of approximating gamma mixtures.

Formalization scope

  • The state is a List of customer records (class, refined class, stage); list index iii is position l=i+1l = i + 1l=i+1, and γ(l,n)\gamma(l, n)γ(l,n), ϕ(n)\phi(n)ϕ(n) keep the book's 111-based indexing. The state space consists of the lists whose records have ν(c)p(c,z)>0\nu(c)p(c,z) > 0ν(c)p(c,z)>0 and 1≤u≤w(c,z)1 \le u \le w(c, z)1≤u≤w(c,z): records of a refined class arriving at rate zero are unreachable and excluded.
  • Classes C\mathcal CC and refinements Z\mathcal ZZ are arbitrary countable types. All infinite sums are HasSum or tsum with explicit convergence hypotheses: ∑cν(c)<∞\sum_c \nu(c) < \infty∑c​ν(c)<∞ (finite exit rates, the book's standing assumption of §1.1), convergence of a(c)a(c)a(c), of aaa, and of (3.15). "Equilibrium distribution" means positive, summing to one, and satisfying the equilibrium equations with convergent series.
  • The statement is rate level: (3.18) is shown to satisfy the equilibrium equations of the stage process, and quasi-reversibility is its rate characterization (3.8), (3.10). That these describe the stationary process and its time reversal is the book's Chapter 1 and is not reformalized.
  • Trivializing readings ruled out: the goal keeps ppp, www and ddd general (not w≡1w \equiv 1w≡1, which would make the result Section 3.1's exponential case); the arrival position uses the same γ\gammaγ as the service split; and in Lemma 3.9 the approximants must be genuine gamma mixtures with integer shapes, which a point mass is not.
  • Not planned: Theorem 3.10 (arbitrary service distributions; only an outline of proof and a continuous state space the book does not construct) and Theorem 3.11 (reversibility of the number in queue, a non-Markov process).

Welcome contributions: proofs of the milestones, lemmas about List.insertIdx/List.eraseIdx bookkeeping for queues with positions, and summation over lists of records.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, Chichester, 1979, §3.3, pp. 72–82. https://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/BOOKS/kelly_book.html
  • F. P. Kelly, Networks of queues with customers of different types, Journal of Applied Probability 12 (1975), 542–554. https://www.jstor.org/journal/japplprob
  • F. P. Kelly, Networks of queues, Advances in Applied Probability 8 (1976), 416–432. https://www.jstor.org/journal/advaapplprob
  • A. D. Barbour, Networks of queues and the method of stages, Advances in Applied Probability 8 (1976), 584–591. https://www.jstor.org/journal/advaapplprob
  • B. A. Sevastyanov, An ergodic theorem for Markov processes and its application to telephone systems with refusals, Theory of Probability and its Applications 2 (1957), 104–112.
  • F. Baskett, K. M. Chandy, R. R. Muntz, F. G. Palacios, Open, closed, and mixed networks of queues with different classes of customers, Journal of the ACM 22 (1975), 248–260. https://doi.org/10.1145/321879.321887
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Supply Chain Coordination with Revenue-Sharing Contracts: Strengths and Limitations 2: With Competing Retailers, Revenue Sharing Supports the System-Optimal Quantities as a Nash EquilibriumResearch Paper

Motivation

A supplier that sells through independent retailers usually loses part of the profit an integrated firm would earn: each retailer orders to maximize its own profit, not the channel's. Supply chain coordination asks which contracts make the decentralized choices coincide with the integrated optimum. Cachon and Lariviere study revenue-sharing contracts, under which a retailer pays a per-unit wholesale price and keeps only a fraction ϕ\phiϕ of its revenue, the rest going to the supplier. The contracts were made prominent by the video rental industry around 1998, where studios lowered tape prices in exchange for a share of rental income.

With a single retailer, revenue sharing at the wholesale price ϕc\phi cϕc coordinates the channel and splits its profit in the proportion ϕ\phiϕ. This mission formalizes the extension in Section 3.2 of the paper to competing retailers: several locations whose revenues depend on each other's stock, so that one retailer's order lowers the others' revenue. Competition creates externalities the single-retailer argument does not have, and the question is whether revenue sharing still coordinates, and at what prices. Section 4.1.2 then works out a Cournot example in closed form, measuring how far the supplier's own optimal wholesale price leaves the channel from the integrated profit.

The source is the authors' working paper of June 2000; the published version (Management Science 51(1), 2005) renumbers and revises the results. The working paper numbers no theorem, so results are cited by section, displayed equation and page.

Setting

A single supplier sells one product through nnn locations i=1,…,ni = 1,\dots,ni=1,…,n, each run by an independent retailer. A stocking profile is qˉ=(q1,…,qn)\bar q = (q_1,\dots,q_n)qˉ​=(q1​,…,qn​), and the revenue at location iii is Ri(qˉ)R_i(\bar q)Ri​(qˉ​), which may depend on every location's quantity. The system revenue is R(qˉ)=∑iRi(qˉ)R(\bar q) = \sum_i R_i(\bar q)R(qˉ​)=∑i​Ri​(qˉ​), every unit costs the supplier c>0c > 0c>0, and the integrated system profit is

Π(qˉ)=R(qˉ)−c∑i=1nqi.\Pi(\bar q) = R(\bar q) - c\sum_{i=1}^n q_i .Π(qˉ​)=R(qˉ​)−ci=1∑n​qi​.

Write Rji(qˉ)=∂Rj(qˉ)/∂qiR_j^i(\bar q) = \partial R_j(\bar q)/\partial q_iRji​(qˉ​)=∂Rj​(qˉ​)/∂qi​: the superscript is the variable differentiated, the subscript the revenue function. The paper assumes that each RiR_iRi​ is continuous, that ∂2Ri/∂qi∂qj≤0\partial^2 R_i/\partial q_i\partial q_j \le 0∂2Ri​/∂qi​∂qj​≤0 for j≠ij \ne ij=i (locations are substitutes), and that RiR_iRi​ is unimodal in qiq_iqi​. The system-optimal profile qˉI\bar q^Iqˉ​I has positive entries and solves the first-order system

Rii(qˉI)+∑j≠iRji(qˉI)=c,i=1,…,n.(6)R_i^i(\bar q^I) + \sum_{j\ne i} R_j^i(\bar q^I) = c, \qquad i = 1,\dots,n. \tag{6}Rii​(qˉ​I)+j=i∑​Rji​(qˉ​I)=c,i=1,…,n.(6)

Under a revenue-sharing contract (ϕ,wi)(\phi, w_i)(ϕ,wi​) retailer iii earns πri(qˉ,ϕ,wˉ)=ϕRi(qˉ)−wiqi\pi_{r_i}(\bar q,\phi,\bar w) = \phi R_i(\bar q) - w_i q_iπri​​(qˉ​,ϕ,wˉ)=ϕRi​(qˉ​)−wi​qi​ and the supplier earns πs(qˉ,ϕ,wˉ)=∑i((1−ϕ)Ri(qˉ)+wiqi)−c∑iqi\pi_s(\bar q,\phi,\bar w) = \sum_i\big((1-\phi)R_i(\bar q) + w_i q_i\big) - c\sum_i q_iπs​(qˉ​,ϕ,wˉ)=∑i​((1−ϕ)Ri​(qˉ​)+wi​qi​)−c∑i​qi​; the wholesale-price contract is ϕ=1\phi = 1ϕ=1, with profits written πri(qˉ,wˉ)\pi_{r_i}(\bar q,\bar w)πri​​(qˉ​,wˉ) and πs(qˉ,wˉ)\pi_s(\bar q,\bar w)πs​(qˉ​,wˉ). A Nash equilibrium in order quantities is a profile qˉ≥0\bar q \ge 0qˉ​≥0 from which no retailer gains by changing its own quantity to any x≥0x \ge 0x≥0. The coordinating wholesale prices are

wiI=c−∑j≠iRji(qˉI).w_i^I = c - \sum_{j\ne i} R_j^i(\bar q^I).wiI​=c−j=i∑​Rji​(qˉ​I).

The Cournot example (7) is Ri(qˉ)=qi(1−qi−β∑j≠iqj)R_i(\bar q) = q_i\big(1 - q_i - \beta\sum_{j\ne i} q_j\big)Ri​(qˉ​)=qi​(1−qi​−β∑j=i​qj​) with 0≤β<10 \le \beta < 10≤β<1.

Formalization targets

Goal: revenue sharing supports qˉI\bar q^Iqˉ​I (Sec. 3.2, p. 14)

For ϕ∈[0,1]\phi\in[0,1]ϕ∈[0,1] and wi(ϕ)=ϕwiIw_i(\phi) = \phi w_i^Iwi​(ϕ)=ϕwiI​:

qˉI is a Nash equilibrium,πri(qˉI,ϕ,ϕwˉI)=ϕ πri(qˉI,wˉI),πs(qˉI,ϕ,ϕwˉI)=(1−ϕ)Π(qˉI)+ϕ πs(qˉI,wˉI).\bar q^I \text{ is a Nash equilibrium},\quad \pi_{r_i}(\bar q^I,\phi,\phi\bar w^I) = \phi\,\pi_{r_i}(\bar q^I,\bar w^I),\quad \pi_s(\bar q^I,\phi,\phi\bar w^I) = (1-\phi)\Pi(\bar q^I) + \phi\,\pi_s(\bar q^I,\bar w^I).qˉ​I is a Nash equilibrium,πri​​(qˉ​I,ϕ,ϕwˉI)=ϕπri​​(qˉ​I,wˉI),πs​(qˉ​I,ϕ,ϕwˉI)=(1−ϕ)Π(qˉ​I)+ϕπs​(qˉ​I,wˉI).

Wholesale-price contracts (Sec. 3.2, pp. 13–14)

An interior equilibrium satisfies Rii(qˉN)=wiR_i^i(\bar q^N) = w_iRii​(qˉ​N)=wi​ (Eq. (8)), so marginal-cost pricing does not support qˉI\bar q^Iqˉ​I when a location imposes a negative externality; the prices wˉI\bar w^IwˉI make qˉI\bar q^Iqˉ​I an equilibrium; wiI≥cw_i^I \ge cwiI​≥c when cross-effects are nonpositive; and wˉI\bar w^IwˉI supports exactly the split πs(qˉI,wˉI)=∑iqiI∑j≠i(−Rji(qˉI))\pi_s(\bar q^I,\bar w^I) = \sum_i q_i^I\sum_{j\ne i}(-R_j^i(\bar q^I))πs​(qˉ​I,wˉI)=∑i​qiI​∑j=i​(−Rji​(qˉ​I)).

Revenue sharing (Sec. 3.2, p. 14)

An interior equilibrium satisfies ϕRii(qˉN)=wi(ϕ)\phi R_i^i(\bar q^N) = w_i(\phi)ϕRii​(qˉ​N)=wi​(ϕ); the two profit identities hold for every ϕ\phiϕ; and πri(qˉI,wˉI)≥0\pi_{r_i}(\bar q^I,\bar w^I) \ge 0πri​​(qˉ​I,wˉI)≥0.

The Cournot example (Sec. 4.1.2, pp. 19–20)

At a common price w<1w<1w<1 the unique equilibrium is qiN=(1−w)/(2+β(n−1))q_i^N = (1-w)/(2+\beta(n-1))qiN​=(1−w)/(2+β(n−1)); the integrated optimum is qiI=(1−c)/(2+2β(n−1))q_i^I = (1-c)/(2+2\beta(n-1))qiI​=(1−c)/(2+2β(n−1)); the coordinating price wI=c+β(n−1)(1−c)/(2+2β(n−1))w^I = c + \beta(n-1)(1-c)/(2+2\beta(n-1))wI=c+β(n−1)(1−c)/(2+2β(n−1)) increases in β\betaβ and nnn; the supplier's optimal price is w∗=(1+c)/2w^* = (1+c)/2w∗=(1+c)/2; and the efficiency at w∗w^*w∗ is

Π(qˉN(w∗))Π(qˉI)=1−1(2+β(n−1))2.\frac{\Pi(\bar q^N(w^*))}{\Pi(\bar q^I)} = 1 - \frac{1}{(2+\beta(n-1))^2}.Π(qˉ​I)Π(qˉ​N(w∗))​=1−(2+β(n−1))21​.

Significance

The goal shows that the single-retailer coordination result survives competition, with one change: the coordinating price must charge each retailer for the externality it imposes on the others, so it depends on every location's revenue function, and wiIw^I_iwiI​ exceeds the production cost. The supplier's profit then moves along a line between what wholesale prices alone give her and the whole system profit, which is how revenue sharing provides a profit split that linear prices cannot. The Cournot results make the comparison quantitative: when retailers compete intensely, the supplier's own optimal wholesale price already achieves most of the integrated profit, so revenue sharing, which has administrative costs, is less attractive.

No machine-checked proof of these results is known. The mission produces a reusable formal description of an nnn-player quantity game under per-retailer linear contracts, equilibrium conditions for it, and a fully worked Cournot instance, including a uniqueness claim for equilibria among all (not only symmetric) profiles.

Difficulty

The equilibrium claims are global: a retailer must not gain from any nonnegative deviation, not only from small ones. A first-order condition at qˉI\bar q^Iqˉ​I does not give this by itself. The page assumes RiR_iRi​ unimodal in qiq_iqi​, but unimodality does not survive subtracting the linear purchase cost, so the first-order condition is not sufficient under that assumption alone; the formalization uses concavity in the own quantity, under which it is. The participation claim πri(qˉI,wˉI)≥0\pi_{r_i}(\bar q^I,\bar w^I) \ge 0πri​​(qˉ​I,wˉI)≥0 is stated on the page without proof and needs a bound on the revenue of a location that stocks nothing.

In the Cournot example, uniqueness of the equilibrium must exclude asymmetric profiles and profiles where some retailers stock nothing, and the supplier's optimal price must be compared against every equilibrium at every price, including prices at which the retailers order nothing.

Formalization scope

Locations are Fin n; a profile is Fin n → ℝ; revenues are R : Fin n → (Fin n → ℝ) → ℝ, and dR i j q is Rji(qˉ)=∂Rj/∂qiR_j^i(\bar q) = \partial R_j/\partial q_iRji​(qˉ​)=∂Rj​/∂qi​, given as a partial derivative at every profile with all entries positive. A deviation of retailer iii to xxx is Function.update q i x, and Nash equilibria quantify over all x≥0x \ge 0x≥0. The standing assumptions of Section 3.2 are fields of the structure Model: c>0c > 0c>0; continuity of RiR_iRi​ on the nonnegative orthant; the partial derivatives; ∂2Ri/∂qi∂qj≤0\partial^2 R_i/\partial q_i\partial q_j \le 0∂2Ri​/∂qi​∂qj​≤0, encoded as "RiiR_i^iRii​ does not increase in qjq_jqj​"; and concavity of RiR_iRi​ in qiq_iqi​, which is the formalization's reading of "unimodal in qiq_iqi​". The paper's assumption that marginal revenue eventually falls below every δ>0\delta > 0δ>0 is used only for existence of an equilibrium, which is not formalized, and is omitted.

Deviations from the page, each disclosed in the item concerned:

  • qˉI\bar q^Iqˉ​I is taken as any positive solution of (6); its optimality for Π\PiΠ is not used.
  • "qˉ∗\bar q^*qˉ​∗ is a Nash equilibrium" (p. 13) is read as qˉI\bar q^Iqˉ​I.
  • In ϕ(Ri(qˉI)−qiIwi)\phi(R_i(\bar q^I) - q_i^I w_i)ϕ(Ri​(qˉ​I)−qiI​wi​) (p. 14), wiw_iwi​ is read as wiIw_i^IwiI​.
  • "Rii(qˉI)>cR_i^i(\bar q^I) > cRii​(qˉ​I)>c" needs a negative externality ∑j≠iRji(qˉI)<0\sum_{j\ne i}R_j^i(\bar q^I) < 0∑j=i​Rji​(qˉ​I)<0, which is assumed.
  • "Rji(qˉ)≤0R_j^i(\bar q) \le 0Rji​(qˉ​)≤0" is not a standing assumption, so it is a hypothesis of wiI≥cw_i^I \ge cwiI​≥c, and strictness needs some strictly negative cross-effect.
  • πri(qˉI,wˉI)≥0\pi_{r_i}(\bar q^I,\bar w^I) \ge 0πri​​(qˉ​I,wˉI)≥0 assumes nonnegative revenue at a location that stocks nothing.
  • In the Cournot example the implicit w<1w < 1w<1 and 0<c<10 < c < 10<c<1 are hypotheses; all retailers pay a common price; "increasing" is strict exactly where it holds (n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 for β\betaβ, β>0\beta > 0β>0 for nnn).

A formalization that defines "the prices coordinate" as "the prices satisfy the first-order condition at qˉI\bar q^Iqˉ​I" restates (6) and is ruled out: every equilibrium claim here is the game-theoretic statement about unilateral deviations. Contributions welcome: proofs of the equilibrium lemmas from concavity and the derivative, the Cournot uniqueness argument, and a general existence theorem for the quantity game.

Selected references

  • G. P. Cachon, M. A. Lariviere, Supply Chain Coordination with Revenue-Sharing Contracts: Strengths and Limitations, working paper, June 2000. Published version: Management Science 51(1):30–44, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1040.0215
  • D. Fudenberg, J. Tirole, Game Theory, MIT Press, 1991 (Theorem 1.2, existence of pure-strategy equilibria).
  • F. Bernstein, A. Federgruen, Pricing and Replenishment Strategies in a Distribution System with Competing Retailers, Operations Research 51(3):409–426, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.3.409.14957
  • J. Tirole, The Theory of Industrial Organization, MIT Press, 1988.
16 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Control TheoryDynamic ProgrammingOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case II: Contraction Models — the Optimal Cost Is the Unique Fixed Point of T in the Closed Set B̄Textbook

Motivation

Discounted dynamic programming with bounded cost per stage is the standard setting in which infinite-horizon sequential decision problems are well posed: the optimal cost exists, satisfies Bellman's equation, and can be computed by iterating the DP operator. Shapley proved this for stochastic games in 1953 (Shapley 1953), Blackwell for discounted Markov decision processes in 1965 (Blackwell 1965), and Denardo observed in 1967 that the arguments use only two properties of the DP operator: monotonicity and contraction in the supremum norm (Denardo 1967). Bertsekas (1975, 1977) and Bertsekas and Shreve (1978) turned this observation into an abstract dynamic programming framework, in which a single mapping HHH encodes stochastic, deterministic, minimax and multiplicative-cost problems at once (Bertsekas 1977).

Chapter 4 of Bertsekas and Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, is the contraction part of that framework. Its results are the abstract form of what every course on Markov decision processes proves for the discounted case, and they are what later work on abstract DP (Bertsekas, Abstract Dynamic Programming, 2022) and on robust and regularized MDPs builds on.

Setting

A model consists of a state space SSS, a control space CCC, a nonempty constraint set U(x)⊆CU(x)\subseteq CU(x)⊆C for each x∈Sx\in Sx∈S, a mapping H:S×C×F→[−∞,∞]H:S\times C\times F\to[-\infty,\infty]H:S×C×F→[−∞,∞], where FFF is the set of functions S→[−∞,∞]S\to[-\infty,\infty]S→[−∞,∞], and a function J0∈FJ_0\in FJ0​∈F with J0>−∞J_0>-\inftyJ0​>−∞. HHH is monotone: J≤J′J\le J'J≤J′ implies H(x,u,J)≤H(x,u,J′)H(x,u,J)\le H(x,u,J')H(x,u,J)≤H(x,u,J′).

A selector is a function μ:S→C\mu:S\to Cμ:S→C with μ(x)∈U(x)\mu(x)\in U(x)μ(x)∈U(x); MMM is the set of selectors, and a policy is a sequence π=(μ0,μ1,… )\pi=(\mu_0,\mu_1,\dots)π=(μ0​,μ1​,…) in MMM. The operators are

Tμ(J)(x)=H(x,μ(x),J),T(J)(x)=inf⁡u∈U(x)H(x,u,J).T_\mu(J)(x)=H(x,\mu(x),J),\qquad T(J)(x)=\inf_{u\in U(x)}H(x,u,J).Tμ​(J)(x)=H(x,μ(x),J),T(J)(x)=u∈U(x)inf​H(x,u,J).

The cost of π\piπ is Jπ(x)=lim⁡N→∞(Tμ0⋯TμN−1)(J0)(x)J_\pi(x)=\lim_{N\to\infty}(T_{\mu_0}\cdots T_{\mu_{N-1}})(J_0)(x)Jπ​(x)=limN→∞​(Tμ0​​⋯TμN−1​​)(J0​)(x), the optimal cost is J∗(x)=inf⁡πJπ(x)J^*(x)=\inf_{\pi}J_\pi(x)J∗(x)=infπ​Jπ​(x), and JμJ_\muJμ​ is the cost of the stationary policy (μ,μ,… )(\mu,\mu,\dots)(μ,μ,…).

BBB is the Banach space of bounded real functions on SSS with ∥J∥=sup⁡x∣J(x)∣\|J\|=\sup_x|J(x)|∥J∥=supx​∣J(x)∣. Assumption C asks for a closed set Bˉ⊆B\bar B\subseteq BBˉ⊆B containing J0J_0J0​ and invariant under TTT and every TμT_\muTμ​; that every limit defining JπJ_\piJπ​ exist and be real; and that for some integer m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and scalars 0<ρ<10<\rho<10<ρ<1, α>0\alpha>0α>0,

∥Tμ(J)−Tμ(J′)∥≤α∥J−J′∥(J,J′∈B),∥(Tμ0⋯Tμm−1)(J)−(Tμ0⋯Tμm−1)(J′)∥≤ρ∥J−J′∥(J,J′∈Bˉ).\|T_\mu(J)-T_\mu(J')\|\le\alpha\|J-J'\|\quad(J,J'\in B),\qquad \|(T_{\mu_0}\cdots T_{\mu_{m-1}})(J)-(T_{\mu_0}\cdots T_{\mu_{m-1}})(J')\|\le\rho\|J-J'\|\quad(J,J'\in\bar B).∥Tμ​(J)−Tμ​(J′)∥≤α∥J−J′∥(J,J′∈B),∥(Tμ0​​⋯Tμm−1​​)(J)−(Tμ0​​⋯Tμm−1​​)(J′)∥≤ρ∥J−J′∥(J,J′∈Bˉ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.2

Under Assumption C,

J∗∈Bˉ,J∗=T(J∗),J′∈Bˉ, J′=T(J′) ⇒ J′=J∗,J^*\in\bar B,\qquad J^*=T(J^*),\qquad J'\in\bar B,\ J'=T(J')\ \Rightarrow\ J'=J^*,J∗∈Bˉ,J∗=T(J∗),J′∈Bˉ, J′=T(J′) ⇒ J′=J∗,

T(J′)≤J′T(J')\le J'T(J′)≤J′ implies J∗≤J′J^*\le J'J∗≤J′ and J′≤T(J′)J'\le T(J')J′≤T(J′) implies J′≤J∗J'\le J^*J′≤J∗ for J′∈BˉJ'\in\bar BJ′∈Bˉ; each JμJ_\muJμ​ is the unique fixed point of TμT_\muTμ​ in Bˉ\bar BBˉ; and for every J∈BˉJ\in\bar BJ∈Bˉ

lim⁡N→∞∥TN(J)−J∗∥=0,lim⁡N→∞∥TμN(J)−Jμ∥=0.\lim_{N\to\infty}\|T^N(J)-J^*\|=0,\qquad\lim_{N\to\infty}\|T_\mu^N(J)-J_\mu\|=0.N→∞lim​∥TN(J)−J∗∥=0,N→∞lim​∥TμN​(J)−Jμ​∥=0.

The statement carries no constants beyond those of Assumption C.

Milestones

  • Fixed Point Theorem (p. 55): an mmm-step contraction of a nonempty closed subset of a Banach space has a unique fixed point, which attracts every orbit.
  • Proposition 4.1 (p. 53): JπJ_\piJπ​ does not depend on the terminal function in Bˉ\bar BBˉ; inf⁡π(Tμ0⋯TμN−1)(J)=TN(J)\inf_\pi(T_{\mu_0}\cdots T_{\mu_{N-1}})(J)=T^N(J)infπ​(Tμ0​​⋯TμN−1​​)(J)=TN(J); TmT^mTm and TμmT_\mu^mTμm​ are ρ\rhoρ-contractions on Bˉ\bar BBˉ.
  • Proposition 4.3 (p. 56): (μ∗,μ∗,… )(\mu^*,\mu^*,\dots)(μ∗,μ∗,…) is optimal iff Tμ∗(J∗)=T(J∗)T_{\mu^*}(J^*)=T(J^*)Tμ∗​(J∗)=T(J∗); pointwise optimal policies yield a stationary optimal one; stationary ε\varepsilonε-optimal policies exist.
  • Proposition 4.4 (p. 57): compactness of the sets {u∈U(x)∣H[x,u,Tk(Jˉ)]≤λ}\{u\in U(x)\mid H[x,u,T^k(\bar J)]\le\lambda\}{u∈U(x)∣H[x,u,Tk(Jˉ)]≤λ} gives policies attaining the DP infimum, and their accumulation points are optimal stationary policies.
  • Proposition 4.11 (p. 69): the discounted minimax model with 0≤g≤b0\le g\le b0≤g≤b and α<1\alpha<1α<1 satisfies Assumption C with Bˉ=B\bar B=BBˉ=B, m=1m=1m=1, ρ=α\rho=\alphaρ=α.

Further result

  • Proposition 4.5 (p. 59), a draft theorem of this mission that is not a milestone: the error bound J∗≤Jμ≤J∗+(2αε1+ε2)(1+α+⋯+αm−1)/(1−ρ)J^*\le J_\mu\le J^*+(2\alpha\varepsilon_1+\varepsilon_2)(1+\alpha+\cdots+\alpha^{m-1})/(1-\rho)J∗≤Jμ​≤J∗+(2αε1​+ε2​)(1+α+⋯+αm−1)/(1−ρ).

Significance

Proposition 4.2 is the existence-and-uniqueness theorem for Bellman's equation in the contraction regime, together with the convergence of value iteration from an arbitrary start in Bˉ\bar BBˉ. Propositions 4.3 to 4.5 turn it into statements about policies: when a stationary optimal policy exists, how one is found from the DP algorithm, and how much is lost when Bellman's equation is solved only approximately. Proposition 4.11 shows the assumption is met by a concrete class of problems, discounted minimax control, and so certifies that the abstract theorems are not vacuous.

The results are classical and have been proved in print since 1978; none of them is open. What this mission adds is a machine-checked version of the abstract theory itself, rather than of a single model. Mathlib has the Banach fixed point theorem for a contracting map of a complete space (ContractingWith) and a lemma for contracting iterates, but not the version on a closed subset with norm convergence of every orbit, and nothing on abstract DP. The platform has proved the finite-state discounted case for a concrete model (BertsekasDP.discounted_main_theorem); the abstract statements here cover infinite state spaces, minimax problems and mmm-step contractions, and are reused by the later missions of this series (generalized models, Chapter 6) and by papers that cite the book.

Difficulty

The first idea is to apply the contraction mapping principle to TTT and read off J∗J^*J∗ as its fixed point. That gives a fixed point of TTT but says nothing about J∗J^*J∗, which is defined as an infimum over all, generally nonstationary, policies of limits of compositions. The identification of the fixed point with J∗J^*J∗ is the content of the proposition, and it is where the Lipschitz condition (2) on all of BBB, not only on Bˉ\bar BBˉ, enters.

Two further features block a direct appeal to Mathlib. The contraction is only mmm-step, so neither TTT nor TμT_\muTμ​ need be a contraction. And HHH takes extended-real values, so every passage between FFF and the Banach space BBB must be justified by the invariance of Bˉ\bar BBˉ.

Formalization scope

The state and control spaces are arbitrary types. FFF is S → EReal; BBB is Mathlib's lp (fun _ : S => ℝ) ⊤, whose norm is the supremum norm, and toF embeds BBB into FFF. Bˉ\bar BBˉ is an arbitrary closed subset of BBB, not BBB itself, and uniqueness of fixed points is asserted within Bˉ\bar BBˉ. Policies are sequences ℕ → M; (Tμ0⋯TμN−1)(J)(T_{\mu_0}\cdots T_{\mu_{N-1}})(J)(Tμ0​​⋯TμN−1​​)(J) applies TμN−1T_{\mu_{N-1}}TμN−1​​ first. JπJ_\piJπ​ is the pointwise limit (limUnder), which exists and is real under Assumption C; J∗J^*J∗ is the infimum over all policies.

The book computes in [−∞,∞][-\infty,\infty][−∞,∞] with ∞−∞=∞\infty-\infty=\infty∞−∞=∞, whereas Mathlib's EReal has ⊥+⊤=⊥\bot+\top=\bot⊥+⊤=⊥. No statement adds infinities of opposite sign. A norm bound ∥J−J′∥≤c\|J-J'\|\le c∥J−J′∥≤c between functions of FFF is the predicate SupDistLe: both functions are real at every point and differ by at most ccc, which is what the bound means under the book's arithmetic. Condition (2) is imposed on all of BBB, as on p. 53. The scalars m,ρ,αm,\rho,\alpham,ρ,α of Assumption C are explicit parameters, so the constant of Proposition 4.5 is the book's exact expression. The Fixed Point Theorem assumes Bˉ\bar BBˉ nonempty, which the page leaves implicit and without which the statement is false.

Defining J∗J^*J∗ as the fixed point of TTT, or replacing it by the infimum over stationary policies, would make the goal trivial. Neither is done here: J∗J^*J∗ is the infimum of the policy costs, exactly as in Eq. (8) of Chapter 2.

A complete development needs the mmm-step fixed point theorem on closed subsets of a Banach space, which can be reused well beyond dynamic programming; the elementary calculus of SupDistLe and of the embedding of BBB into S → EReal; and the monotone-operator inequalities of Section 2.1. Contributions of any of these, or alternative proofs of the milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press 1978; Athena Scientific reprint 1996, Chapter 4. http://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Monotone mappings with application in dynamic programming, SIAM J. Control Optim. 15 (1977) 438–464. https://doi.org/10.1137/0315031
  • E. V. Denardo, Contraction mappings in the theory underlying dynamic programming, SIAM Review 9 (1967) 165–177. https://doi.org/10.1137/1009030
  • D. Blackwell, Discounted dynamic programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 36 (1965) 226–235. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700285
  • L. S. Shapley, Stochastic games, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 39 (1953) 1095–1100. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.39.10.1095
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Abstract Dynamic Programming, 3rd ed., Athena Scientific 2022. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/abstractdp_MIT.html
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOptimizationProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

A Tight Linear Time (1/2)-Approximation for Unconstrained Submodular Maximization 2: Randomized Double Greedy Achieves 1/2 of the Optimum in ExpectationResearch Paper

Motivation

Many selection problems assign a value to each subset of a finite collection: the coverage supplied by chosen facilities, the influence reached by chosen seeds, or the value of a coalition. A submodular set function has diminishing returns in the precise sense that the combined value of two sets, counting their overlap once, does not exceed the sum of their separate values. When the function is also monotone, taking more elements never hurts. The unconstrained problem studied here permits nonmonotone functions, so both accepting and rejecting an element can matter. The question is what a single pass through the elements can guarantee when the function is available through value queries. Buchbinder et al., FOCS 2012

The randomized algorithm in this mission attains an expected one-half approximation for every nonnegative submodular function. The paper presents this as tight in the value-oracle setting: it recalls the earlier result of Feige, Mirrokni and Vondrák that a fixed improvement beyond one-half requires exponentially many queries. The contribution here is therefore both the guarantee and a short adaptive rule that attains it in a linear number of iterations. The local proposal follows the FOCS 2012 version of the paper; its theorem numbering differs from the later SIAM Journal on Computing article. Buchbinder et al., §I.A and Theorem I.2

Setting

Let N\mathcal NN be a finite ground set, and let f:2N→R≥0f:2^{\mathcal N}\to\mathbb R_{\ge0}f:2N→R≥0​ assign a nonnegative real value to every subset. The unconstrained submodular maximization problem asks for the largest value f(S)f(S)f(S) among all S⊆NS\subseteq\mathcal NS⊆N. Write OPTOPTOPT for that value when no confusion arises, and OOO for a set attaining it. Submodularity means

f(A∪B)+f(A∩B)≤f(A)+f(B)(A,B⊆N).f(A\cup B)+f(A\cap B)\le f(A)+f(B)\qquad(A,B\subseteq\mathcal N).f(A∪B)+f(A∩B)≤f(A)+f(B)(A,B⊆N).

There is no monotonicity or normalization assumption: f(∅)f(\varnothing)f(∅) and f(N)f(\mathcal N)f(N) may both be positive. A value oracle returns f(S)f(S)f(S) for a requested subset SSS. The paper's complexity claim counts such queries, assuming a query takes constant time. Buchbinder et al., §I and footnotes 1–2

Algorithm 2 visits the elements once in an arbitrary order u1,…,unu_1,\ldots,u_nu1​,…,un​. It keeps two sets, starting at X0=∅X_0=\varnothingX0​=∅ and Y0=NY_0=\mathcal NY0​=N. At step iii, it measures the gain aia_iai​ from adding uiu_iui​ to Xi−1X_{i-1}Xi−1​ and the gain bib_ibi​ from removing uiu_iui​ from Yi−1Y_{i-1}Yi−1​. It clips each gain at zero, giving ai′=max⁡(ai,0)a'_i=\max(a_i,0)ai′​=max(ai​,0) and bi′=max⁡(bi,0)b'_i=\max(b_i,0)bi′​=max(bi​,0). It adds uiu_iui​ to XXX with probability ai′/(ai′+bi′)a'_i/(a'_i+b'_i)ai′​/(ai′​+bi′​) and otherwise removes it from YYY. When both clipped gains vanish, the paper defines the add probability as one. After all elements have been processed, the two sets coincide, and the algorithm returns their common value. The state law is adaptive: its probability at step iii depends on the actual pair of sets produced by earlier choices. Buchbinder et al., Algorithm 2

Formalization targets

The main target is Theorem I.2 for this exact algorithm and for every enumeration of the ground set:

max⁡S⊆Nf(S)≤2 E[f(Xn)].\max_{S\subseteq\mathcal N}f(S)\le 2\,\mathbb E[f(X_n)].S⊆Nmax​f(S)≤2E[f(Xn​)].

The milestone statements retain the paper's key local quantities. For a comparison optimum OOO, set OPTi=(O∪Xi)∩YiOPT_i=(O\cup X_i)\cap Y_iOPTi​=(O∪Xi​)∩Yi​. Lemma II.1 asserts ai+bi≥0a_i+b_i\ge0ai​+bi​≥0. The endpoint statement identifies OPT0=OOPT_0=OOPT0​=O and OPTn=Xn=YnOPT_n=X_n=Y_nOPTn​=Xn​=Yn​. Inequality (3) bounds the conditional loss in the positive-gain case; Lemma III.1 compares the expected change of OPTiOPT_iOPTi​ with the expected combined change of XiX_iXi​ and YiY_iYi​. The telescoped display keeps the initial endpoint values f(∅)f(\varnothing)f(∅) and f(N)f(\mathcal N)f(N) before using nonnegativity. Buchbinder et al., Lemmas II.1 and III.1, inequality (3), proof of Theorem I.2

A companion target is Theorem I.4 via its second proof. For two normalized monotone submodular utilities f1,f2f_1,f_2f1​,f2​, let g(S)=f1(S)+f2(N∖S)g(S)=f_1(S)+f_2(\mathcal N\setminus S)g(S)=f1​(S)+f2​(N∖S). The maximum of ggg is exactly the optimal welfare of a two-player partition. Algorithm 2 on ggg is asked to satisfy

3max⁡S⊆Ng(S)≤4 E[g(Xn)].3\max_{S\subseteq\mathcal N}g(S)\le4\,\mathbb E[g(X_n)].3S⊆Nmax​g(S)≤4E[g(Xn​)].

This is the paper's three-quarter guarantee in its welfare application. Buchbinder et al., Theorem I.4 and Proof (2)

Significance

The main theorem gives a specific randomized rule whose expected value is at least half the best subset value, even when accepting an element can lower the objective. It applies without restricting the cardinality or shape of the chosen subset. The welfare corollary shows that keeping the initial endpoint values in the analysis yields a stronger guarantee for the objective formed from two monotone players. Buchbinder et al., Theorems I.2 and I.4

This mission formalizes the statement of the algorithm, its intermediate state laws, its comparison set, and the paper's numbered proof targets. The algorithmic guarantee is proved in the source paper; the local Lean theorem files are open statements with sorry and do not yet give machine-checked proofs of these results. A completed development would supply a reusable formal model of an adaptive finite random process over pairs of subsets, as well as the specific submodular inequalities. The published Submodular and OPT definitions from the earlier Feige–Mirrokni–Vondrák formalization are reused here.

Difficulty

The two possible updates cannot be assessed independently. The probability of each choice depends on the current state, and the comparison set OPTiOPT_iOPTi​ can gain or lose the processed element in a way that differs from the two algorithm sets. A bound on the expected value of XiX_iXi​ alone does not control the movement of OPTiOPT_iOPTi​. The proof must handle the clipped gains, including the case when both are zero, while preserving the exact joint law of (Xi,Yi)(X_i,Y_i)(Xi​,Yi​). Buchbinder et al., proof of Lemma III.1

Formalization scope

The ground set is a finite Lean type; subsets are Finset X, and values are real numbers. An order is a list with no repeated elements that covers the type, including the empty type. The run is an explicit finite mass function on pairs of subsets after every prefix of the list. Expectation is a finite weighted sum, so it has no integrability exception. The transition clips the two real marginal gains and handles 0/00/00/0 by assigning probability one to the add branch, exactly as Algorithm 2 specifies. The optimum is the published maximum over all subsets. No ratio divides by a possibly zero optimum.

The theorem fixes Algorithm 2 itself; an arbitrary process with nested sets or a process defined by its desired approximation property does not satisfy this scope. The Lean goal states the value bound and leaves the paper's linear-time claim outside the formal theorem. The algorithm uses four value evaluations per processed element in its printed rule; the Lean development represents those evaluations, not an implementation cost model. The statement that its two final sets coincide is a separate milestone.

The source's main-text decreasing-returns definition has an overbroad quantifier on the added element. This development uses the equivalent lattice inequality given in the paper's footnote, which permits nonmonotone functions. The proof of Lemma II.1 also has a set-index slip, and the proof of Theorem I.2 prints FFF for fff in one display; neither slip is copied into a formal statement. The one-step inequality (3) is stated for any nested pair with the processed element in Y∖XY\setminus XY∖X, a generalization of the conditioned reachable states in the paper. Contributions proving the endpoint invariant, conditional inequality, one-step expected estimate, and final bound are all within scope.

Selected references

  • Niv Buchbinder, Moran Feldman, Joseph Naor and Roy Schwartz, A Tight Linear Time (1/2)-Approximation for Unconstrained Submodular Maximization, Proceedings of the 53rd IEEE Symposium on Foundations of Computer Science, 2012. FOCS version used here.
  • Niv Buchbinder, Moran Feldman, Joseph Naor and Roy Schwartz, A Tight Linear Time (1/2)-Approximation for Unconstrained Submodular Maximization, SIAM Journal on Computing 44(5), 2015. DOI: 10.1137/130929205. The cited statement indices above refer to the FOCS version.
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 4: Subgaussian Martingale Noise with Σ exp(−c/γ_n) < ∞ for Every c > 0 Satisfies Assumption A1 Almost SurelyResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic approximation algorithm is a recursion

xn+1−xn=γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}-x_n=\gamma_{n+1}\big(F(x_n)+U_{n+1}\big)xn+1​−xn​=γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​)

in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, where FFF is a vector field, γn\gamma_nγn​ are small step sizes and Un+1U_{n+1}Un+1​ is noise. Such recursions go back to Robbins and Monro's root-finding scheme (Robbins–Monro 1951) and underlie stochastic gradient descent, temporal-difference learning, adaptive control and learning in games. The ODE method studies them by comparing the iterates with the trajectories of x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x).

Benaïm's lecture notes (Benaïm 1999) organize the ODE method in two steps. A deterministic step, Proposition 4.1, shows that whenever the noise satisfies a condition called A1 (together with a boundedness condition on the iterates), the interpolated process is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF. A probabilistic step then verifies A1 for concrete noise models. Proposition 4.2 does this for martingale difference noise with bounded qqq-th moments, at the price of step sizes with ∑nγn1+q/2<∞\sum_n\gamma_n^{1+q/2}<\infty∑n​γn1+q/2​<∞. This mission formalizes the second verification, Proposition 4.4: when the noise is subgaussian, A1 holds almost surely under the much weaker requirement that ∑ne−c/γn<∞\sum_ne^{-c/\gamma_n}<\infty∑n​e−c/γn​<∞ for every c>0c>0c>0, which allows step sizes decaying only slightly faster than 1/log⁡n1/\log n1/logn. The notes attribute the result to Duflo (1997), see also Kushner and Yin (1997) and Benaïm and Hirsch (1996).

Setting

Let {γn}n≥1\{\gamma_n\}_{n\ge1}{γn​}n≥1​ be a deterministic sequence with γn≥0\gamma_n\ge0γn​≥0, ∑nγn=∞\sum_n\gamma_n=\infty∑n​γn​=∞ and γn→0\gamma_n\to0γn​→0 (a step sequence). Put τ0=0\tau_0=0τ0​=0, τn=∑i=1nγi\tau_n=\sum_{i=1}^n\gamma_iτn​=∑i=1n​γi​, and let

m(t)=sup⁡{k≥0: t≥τk}m(t)=\sup\{k\ge0:\ t\ge\tau_k\}m(t)=sup{k≥0: t≥τk​}

be the index of the step that contains time t≥0t\ge0t≥0. For a sequence {Un}n≥1\{U_n\}_{n\ge1}{Un​}n≥1​ define the piecewise constant processes Uˉ(t)=Um(t)+1\bar U(t)=U_{m(t)+1}Uˉ(t)=Um(t)+1​ and γˉ(t)=γm(t)+1\bar\gamma(t)=\gamma_{m(t)+1}γˉ​(t)=γm(t)+1​, so that step n+1n+1n+1 occupies the time interval [τn,τn+1)[\tau_n,\tau_{n+1})[τn​,τn+1​) of length γn+1\gamma_{n+1}γn+1​.

Assumption A1 asks that for every T>0T>0T>0

lim⁡n→∞sup⁡{∥∑i=nk−1γi+1Ui+1∥: k=n+1,…,m(τn+T)}=0,\lim_{n\to\infty}\sup\Big\{\Big\|\sum_{i=n}^{k-1}\gamma_{i+1}U_{i+1}\Big\|:\ k=n+1,\dots,m(\tau_n+T)\Big\}=0,n→∞lim​sup{​i=n∑k−1​γi+1​Ui+1​​: k=n+1,…,m(τn​+T)}=0,

or, in the form the notes call equivalent, lim⁡t→∞Δ(t,T)=0\lim_{t\to\infty}\Delta(t,T)=0limt→∞​Δ(t,T)=0 for every T>0T>0T>0, where

Δ(t,T)=sup⁡0≤h≤T∥∫tt+hUˉ(s) ds∥.\Delta(t,T)=\sup_{0\le h\le T}\Big\|\int_t^{t+h}\bar U(s)\,ds\Big\|.Δ(t,T)=0≤h≤Tsup​​∫tt+h​Uˉ(s)ds​.

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space with a nondecreasing sequence {Fn}\{\mathcal F_n\}{Fn​} of sub-σ\sigmaσ-algebras, and F:Rd→RdF:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^dF:Rd→Rd continuous. A sequence {xn}\{x_n\}{xn​} given by the recursion above is a Robbins–Monro algorithm if γ\gammaγ is deterministic, UnU_nUn​ is Fn\mathcal F_nFn​-measurable, and E(Un+1∣Fn)=0E(U_{n+1}\mid\mathcal F_n)=0E(Un+1​∣Fn​)=0. The noise is subgaussian if there is a number Γ>0\Gamma>0Γ>0 such that for all nnn and all θ∈Rd\theta\in\mathbb R^dθ∈Rd

E(exp⁡⟨θ,Un+1⟩ ∣ Fn)≤exp⁡(Γ2∥θ∥2).E\big(\exp\langle\theta,U_{n+1}\rangle\,\big|\,\mathcal F_n\big)\le\exp\Big(\frac\Gamma2\|\theta\|^2\Big).E(exp⟨θ,Un+1​⟩​Fn​)≤exp(2Γ​∥θ∥2).

Bounded noise, ∥Un∥≤Γ\|U_n\|\le\sqrt\Gamma∥Un​∥≤Γ​, is an example.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.4

For a Robbins–Monro algorithm with subgaussian noise and a deterministic step sequence such that

∑ne−c/γn<∞for each c>0,\sum_ne^{-c/\gamma_n}<\infty\qquad\text{for each }c>0,n∑​e−c/γn​<∞for each c>0,

with probability one the realised noise sequence satisfies A1, in both of its forms, simultaneously for all T>0T>0T>0.

Milestones

  1. The exponential supermartingale. For every θ∈Rd\theta\in\mathbb R^dθ∈Rd,
Zn(θ)=exp⁡[∑i=1n⟨θ,γiUi⟩−Γ2∑i=1nγi2∥θ∥2]Z_n(\theta)=\exp\Big[\sum_{i=1}^n\langle\theta,\gamma_iU_i\rangle-\frac\Gamma2\sum_{i=1}^n\gamma_i^2\|\theta\|^2\Big]Zn​(θ)=exp[i=1∑n​⟨θ,γi​Ui​⟩−2Γ​i=1∑n​γi2​∥θ∥2]

is a supermartingale. 2. Directional maximal tail bound. For every unit vector eee, α>0\alpha>0α>0, nnn and T>0T>0T>0,

P(sup⁡n<k≤m(τn+T)⟨e,∑i=nk−1γi+1Ui+1⟩≥α)≤exp⁡(−α22Γ∑i=nm(τn+T)−1γi+12).P\Big(\sup_{n<k\le m(\tau_n+T)}\Big\langle e,\sum_{i=n}^{k-1}\gamma_{i+1}U_{i+1}\Big\rangle\ge\alpha\Big)\le\exp\Big(\frac{-\alpha^2}{2\Gamma\sum_{i=n}^{m(\tau_n+T)-1}\gamma_{i+1}^2}\Big).P(n<k≤m(τn​+T)sup​⟨e,i=n∑k−1​γi+1​Ui+1​⟩≥α)≤exp(2Γ∑i=nm(τn​+T)−1​γi+12​−α2​).
  1. Eq. (18). There are C,C′>0C,C'>0C,C′>0 depending only on ddd and Γ\GammaΓ with
P(Δ(t,T)≥α)≤Cexp⁡(−α2C′∫tt+Tγˉ(s) ds)(t≥0, T>0, α>0).P(\Delta(t,T)\ge\alpha)\le C\exp\Big(\frac{-\alpha^2}{C'\int_t^{t+T}\bar\gamma(s)\,ds}\Big)\qquad(t\ge0,\ T>0,\ \alpha>0).P(Δ(t,T)≥α)≤Cexp(C′∫tt+T​γˉ​(s)ds−α2​)(t≥0, T>0, α>0).
  1. Block comparison. Δ(t,T)≤2Δ(kT,T)+Δ((k+1)T,T)\Delta(t,T)\le2\Delta(kT,T)+\Delta((k+1)T,T)Δ(t,T)≤2Δ(kT,T)+Δ((k+1)T,T) for kT≤t<(k+1)TkT\le t<(k+1)TkT≤t<(k+1)T.

Significance

Proposition 4.4 is the sufficient condition for the ODE method when the noise has Gaussian-type tails. Its step-size condition holds whenever γnlog⁡n→0\gamma_n\log n\to0γn​logn→0, so it admits steps that decrease far more slowly than the ∑γn2<∞\sum\gamma_n^2<\infty∑γn2​<∞ of the classical L2L^2L2 theory; slowly decreasing steps are what practitioners use to keep algorithms responsive. Combined with Proposition 4.1 it shows that the interpolated process of such an algorithm, with bounded iterates, is almost surely an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF, and the limit set theorems of the notes then locate the limit points of the algorithm.

The result is proved in the notes and in the cited literature; it has not, to our knowledge, been machine-checked. A formal proof would add reusable pieces: an exponential supermartingale and maximal inequality for vector-valued martingale differences with a conditional subgaussian bound (Mathlib's conditional subgaussian notion is scalar), a Borel–Cantelli argument along the grid kTkTkT, and the continuous-time bookkeeping of Uˉ\bar UUˉ, γˉ\bar\gammaγˉ​ and Δ\DeltaΔ shared with the other missions of this series.

Difficulty

The moment method of Proposition 4.2 does not reach this regime: any fixed polynomial moment of the window sums decays only polynomially in the window's step sizes, and under ∑e−c/γn<∞\sum e^{-c/\gamma_n}<\infty∑e−c/γn​<∞ alone polynomial bounds are not summable over windows. Exponential tail bounds are needed, and they must be maximal (uniform over the window) and must hold for the norm of a vector, not only for a scalar. The continuous-time deviation Δ(t,T)\Delta(t,T)Δ(t,T) involves partial steps at both ends of [t,t+h][t,t+h][t,t+h], so the bound must be stated in terms of ∫tt+Tγˉ\int_t^{t+T}\bar\gamma∫tt+T​γˉ​ rather than a sum over whole steps, with constants that do not depend on ttt, TTT or α\alphaα. Finally, A1 quantifies over all T>0T>0T>0: the almost-sure statement must hold on a single event of full probability for every TTT.

Formalization scope

The space is Rd\mathbb R^dRd as EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) (the paper writes Rm\mathbb R^mRm); time is real. The sequences γ\gammaγ and UUU are indexed by N\mathbb NN, and their values at 000 are unused, as the paper indexes them from 111. The filtration is a Mathlib Filtration ℕ; Un+1U_{n+1}Un+1​ is Fn+1\mathcal F_{n+1}Fn+1​-strongly measurable and integrable, and E(Un+1∣Fn)=0E(U_{n+1}\mid\mathcal F_n)=0E(Un+1​∣Fn​)=0 almost surely. The subgaussian condition requires exp⁡⟨θ,Un+1⟩\exp\langle\theta,U_{n+1}\rangleexp⟨θ,Un+1​⟩ to be integrable for every θ\thetaθ and nnn. The summand e−c/γne^{-c/\gamma_n}e−c/γn​ is taken to be 000 when γn=0\gamma_n=0γn​=0, its limiting value. The suprema in A1 and Δ\DeltaΔ are taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; the supremum over an empty range of kkk is 000. In Eq. (18) the constants are chosen before the probability space, the algorithm and t,T,αt,T,\alphat,T,α.

The following readings are excluded and are not acceptable formalizations: a subgaussian condition that holds vacuously because the exponential is not integrable (Lean's conditional expectation of a non-integrable function is 000); a summability condition made trivial or false by the convention c/0=0c/0=0c/0=0; and the conclusion "for each TTT, A1 holds almost surely" in place of "almost surely, A1 holds for all TTT". The second sentence of Proposition 4.4 (the asymptotic pseudotrajectory conclusion) is outside this mission.

All hypotheses are satisfiable: U=0U=0U=0, x=0x=0x=0, F=0F=0F=0, Γ=1\Gamma=1Γ=1 and γn=1/n\gamma_n=1/nγn​=1/n satisfy every one of them.

Contributions welcome: a maximal inequality for nonnegative supermartingales in the form needed here, vector subgaussian tail bounds for martingale transforms with deterministic weights (reusable well beyond this mission), lemmas on the step processes and Δ\DeltaΔ (measurability, local integrability, additivity), and the proofs of the milestones.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Duflo, Random Iterative Models, Applications of Mathematics 34, Springer, 1997.
  • H. J. Kushner and G. G. Yin, Stochastic Approximation Algorithms and Applications, Springer, 1997.
  • M. Benaïm and M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, Journal of Dynamics and Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218617
  • H. Robbins and S. Monro, A stochastic approximation method, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 22 (1951), 400–407. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisDynamic ProgrammingOptimization+2·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case VI: Lower Semianalytic Functions — Analytically Measurable ε-Optimal Selectors (Jankov–von Neumann)Textbook

Motivation

Dynamic programming over uncountable state and control spaces needs two things at every stage: the optimal cost-to-go, obtained by minimizing over the control, must be a function that can be integrated against the next stage's transition probabilities, and a policy that nearly attains the minimum must be measurable, so that it defines a stochastic process. With Borel-measurable costs and Borel-measurable policies both requirements fail. Minimizing a Borel function of (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) over yyy produces a function whose level sets are projections of Borel sets, and such projections need not be Borel (Suslin, 1917). The repair, developed by Blackwell, Freedman and Orkin (1974), Shreve and Bertsekas, and set out in Chapter 7 of Bertsekas and Shreve's Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case (1978), is to enlarge the class of costs to the lower semianalytic functions and the class of policies to the analytically or universally measurable ones. Sections 7.6–7.7 of the book establish that this class is closed under partial minimization and admits measurable ε-optimal selectors. Chapters 8–10 of the book, and much of the later literature on Borel-space Markov decision processes (Hernández-Lerma and Lasserre; Feinberg and coauthors), build on these results.

Timeline:

  • 1917: Suslin shows that projections of Borel sets need not be Borel and introduces analytic sets; Lusin proves that analytic sets are universally measurable.
  • 1941–1949: Jankov and von Neumann independently prove that an analytic subset of a product admits a selector measurable with respect to the σ-algebra generated by analytic sets.
  • 1974: Blackwell, Freedman and Orkin use analytic sets to construct ε-optimal policies in Borel dynamic programming.
  • 1978: Bertsekas and Shreve give the treatment used here (§7.6–7.7), including the selection theorem for lower semianalytic functions, Proposition 7.50.

Setting

A Borel space is a topological space homeomorphic to a Borel subset of a complete separable metric space (Definition 7.7); its Borel σ-algebra is BX\mathscr B_XBX​. The Baire space is N=NN\mathscr N=\mathbb N^{\mathbb N}N=NN with the product topology. A set A⊆XA\subseteq XA⊆X is analytic if it is empty or the image of N\mathscr NN under a continuous map; by Proposition 7.41 this is the book's Definition 7.16 (the Suslin operation applied to closed sets). Every Borel set is analytic, and the converse fails when XXX is uncountable.

Three σ-algebras on XXX are in play. The analytic σ-algebra AX\mathscr A_XAX​ is generated by the analytic sets (Definition 7.19). The universal σ-algebra is UX=⋂pBX(p)\mathscr U_X=\bigcap_{p}\mathscr B_X(p)UX​=⋂p​BX​(p), the intersection over all probability measures ppp on (X,BX)(X,\mathscr B_X)(X,BX​) of the ppp-completions of BX\mathscr B_XBX​ (Definition 7.18). For a function fff from D⊆XD\subseteq XD⊆X into a Borel space YYY, fff is analytically measurable if D∈AXD\in\mathscr A_XD∈AX​ and f−1(B)∈AXf^{-1}(B)\in\mathscr A_Xf−1(B)∈AX​ for every B∈BYB\in\mathscr B_YB∈BY​, and universally measurable if the same holds with UX\mathscr U_XUX​ (Definition 7.20).

Let R∗=[−∞,∞]R^*=[-\infty,\infty]R∗=[−∞,∞]. A function f:D→R∗f:D\to R^*f:D→R∗ is lower semianalytic if DDD is analytic and {x∈D∣f(x)<c}\{x\in D\mid f(x)<c\}{x∈D∣f(x)<c} is analytic for every real ccc (Definition 7.21). For D⊆X×YD\subseteq X\times YD⊆X×Y write Dx={y∣(x,y)∈D}D_x=\{y\mid (x,y)\in D\}Dx​={y∣(x,y)∈D}, projX(D)={x∣Dx≠∅}\mathrm{proj}_X(D)=\{x\mid D_x\neq\emptyset\}projX​(D)={x∣Dx​=∅}, and define the partial infimum

f∗(x)=inf⁡y∈Dxf(x,y),x∈projX(D).f^*(x)=\inf_{y\in D_x}f(x,y),\qquad x\in\mathrm{proj}_X(D).f∗(x)=y∈Dx​inf​f(x,y),x∈projX​(D).

A selector is a function φ:projX(D)→Y\varphi:\mathrm{proj}_X(D)\to Yφ:projX​(D)→Y whose graph Gr(φ)\mathrm{Gr}(\varphi)Gr(φ) lies in DDD.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 7.50

Let X,YX,YX,Y be Borel spaces, D⊆X×YD\subseteq X\times YD⊆X×Y analytic, and f:D→R∗f:D\to R^*f:D→R∗ lower semianalytic.

(a) For every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there is an analytically measurable selector φ\varphiφ with

f[x,φ(x)]≤{f∗(x)+εif f∗(x)>−∞,−1/εif f∗(x)=−∞.f[x,\varphi(x)]\le\begin{cases}f^*(x)+\varepsilon&\text{if }f^*(x)>-\infty,\\-1/\varepsilon&\text{if }f^*(x)=-\infty.\end{cases}f[x,φ(x)]≤{f∗(x)+ε−1/ε​if f∗(x)>−∞,if f∗(x)=−∞.​

(b) The set III of points where the infimum is attained is universally measurable, and for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there is a universally measurable selector φ\varphiφ with f[x,φ(x)]=f∗(x)f[x,\varphi(x)]=f^*(x)f[x,φ(x)]=f∗(x) on III and the bounds of (a) off III.

The goal fixes no constant beyond the book's ε\varepsilonε and −1/ε-1/\varepsilon−1/ε.

Milestones

In attack order: Proposition 7.40 (Borel images and preimages of analytic sets are analytic), Corollary 7.42.1 (AX⊆UX\mathscr A_X\subseteq\mathscr U_XAX​⊆UX​), Corollary 7.44.2 (composites of analytically measurable maps are universally measurable), and Proposition 7.49, the Jankov–von Neumann theorem:

A⊆X×Y analytic ⟹ ∃ φ:projX(A)→Y analytically measurable, Gr(φ)⊆A.A\subseteq X\times Y\text{ analytic}\ \Longrightarrow\ \exists\,\varphi:\mathrm{proj}_X(A)\to Y\ \text{analytically measurable},\ \mathrm{Gr}(\varphi)\subseteq A.A⊆X×Y analytic ⟹ ∃φ:projX​(A)→Y analytically measurable, Gr(φ)⊆A.

Further items of the mission, on the same definitions: Proposition 7.39 (projections of analytic sets are analytic, and every analytic set is a projection of a Borel set), Lemma 7.30(1) (strict and non-strict, real and extended level sets give the same class) and Proposition 7.47 (lower semianalytic functions are exactly partial infima of Borel functions).

Significance

Proposition 7.50 is the selection theorem behind the existence of ε-optimal policies in Borel-space dynamic programming. In the finite-horizon model of Chapter 8 the optimal cost-to-go at each stage is lower semianalytic, by Propositions 7.47 and 7.48. Proposition 7.50 then turns the one-stage minimization into a measurable policy, analytically measurable when only ε-optimality is required and universally measurable when the minimum is attained. Chapters 8–9 of the book (the finite-horizon recursion JK∗=TK(J0)J^*_K=T^K(J_0)JK∗​=TK(J0​) and the optimality equation under (P), (N), (D)) use it at every step. Downstream catalog papers on average-cost and stochastic shortest-path problems over Borel spaces cite these results.

All results here are proved in the book and in the descriptive set theory literature (Kechris, Classical Descriptive Set Theory, §18 and §29). None is formalized on Prove2Me. Mathlib has analytic sets in Polish-type settings, the Lusin separation theorem and Suslin's theorem, but it has no universal σ-algebra, no analytic σ-algebra, no lower semianalytic functions and no Jankov–von Neumann uniformization. The definitions in this mission are reusable by the later missions of the series (Chapters 8–10), which restate them locally until these are published.

Difficulty

The obvious route to a selector is to choose, for each xxx, a minimizing or near-minimizing yyy. The axiom of choice provides such a function, but nothing makes it measurable, and the conclusion of the theorem is exactly that measurability. The Borel route fails too: the set {x∣f∗(x)<c}\{x\mid f^*(x)<c\}{x∣f∗(x)<c} is a projection of a Borel set, which is analytic but in general not Borel, so no Borel-measurable selector exists in general. The Jankov–von Neumann theorem needs a lexicographically least branch of a continuous parametrization of AAA by N\mathscr NN, and an argument that the resulting map is measurable with respect to AX\mathscr A_XAX​, which is generated by sets that are not closed under complementation. Part (b) adds a further obstacle: the composite of two analytically measurable maps need not be analytically measurable, so the exact selector is only universally measurable. Proving that requires Lusin's theorem that analytic sets are measurable for every completed probability measure.

Formalization scope

  • A Borel space is a type with a topology satisfying the class IsBorelSpace (Definition 7.7, the ambient complete separable metric space taken in the same universe), together with Mathlib's [MeasurableSpace X] [BorelSpace X], so measurable sets are exactly the Borel sets. On X×YX\times YX×Y the product σ-algebra is used; it coincides with BX×Y\mathscr B_{X\times Y}BX×Y​ for separable metrizable spaces (Proposition 7.13).
  • Analytic sets are Mathlib's MeasureTheory.AnalyticSet (empty or a continuous image of ℕ → ℕ).
  • R∗R^*R∗ is EReal. The book uses ∞−∞=∞\infty-\infty=\infty∞−∞=∞, and Mathlib's EReal uses ⊥+⊤=⊥\bot+\top=\bot⊥+⊤=⊥. No statement of this mission adds infinities of opposite sign; f∗(x)+εf^*(x)+\varepsilonf∗(x)+ε adds a real number.
  • Functions on DDD and on projX(D)\mathrm{proj}_X(D)projX​(D) are functions on subtypes. The graph condition Gr(φ)⊆D\mathrm{Gr}(\varphi)\subseteq DGr(φ)⊆D is part of every selector statement.
  • Universally measurable means NullMeasurableSet E p for every probability measure p.
  • "Analytically measurable" refers to the σ-algebra generated by analytic sets. Replacing it by the power set, dropping the graph condition, or dropping the −1/ε-1/\varepsilon−1/ε case would make the selection theorems a consequence of the axiom of choice. The statements rule all three out.

Not included: Lusin's theorem in Suslin-scheme form (Proposition 7.42, which needs the Suslin operation as a definition), Proposition 7.43 on P(X)P(X)P(X), the integration results of Propositions 7.46 and 7.48, and Lemma 7.30(2)–(4). None is used in the proof of the goal. Contributions welcome: the bridge between IsBorelSpace and Mathlib's StandardBorelSpace, the universal σ-algebra API, and the Jankov–von Neumann theorem itself.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press 1978; Athena Scientific 1996, §7.6–7.7. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
  • D. Blackwell, D. Freedman and M. Orkin, The optimal reward operator in dynamic programming, Annals of Probability 2 (1974) 926–941. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996558
  • A. S. Kechris, Classical Descriptive Set Theory, Graduate Texts in Mathematics 156, Springer 1995, §18 (Jankov–von Neumann uniformization), §29 (measurability of analytic sets). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-4190-4
  • S. E. Shreve and D. P. Bertsekas, Universally measurable policies in dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 4 (1979) 15–30. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.4.1.15
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Supply Chain Coordination with Revenue-Sharing Contracts: Strengths and Limitations 1: Revenue Sharing at w = φc Coordinates the Channel and Gives the Retailer the Share φ of Its Optimal ProfitResearch Paper

Why revenue sharing

A supplier who sells to an independent retailer through a plain per-unit wholesale price faces double marginalization: the retailer orders less than the quantity that maximizes the profit of the supply chain as a whole, because each unit costs him the wholesale price rather than the production cost. Supply chain contracting studies payment schemes under which the retailer's own optimum coincides with the system optimum. Such a scheme is said to coordinate the channel. The usual examples are buy-back contracts (Pasternack, 1985), quantity-flexibility contracts (Tsay and Lovejoy, 1999) and quantity discounts (Jeuland and Shugan, 1983; Moorthy, 1987).

Cachon and Lariviere study revenue sharing, in which the retailer pays a low wholesale price and also hands over a fixed fraction of his revenue. The scheme was common in video-cassette rental in the late 1990s, where it let rental chains stock far more copies of new releases. This mission formalizes the paper's single-retailer result: revenue sharing coordinates the channel, and the supplier can choose any split of the channel's maximal profit. It also includes the three further results of the paper that use the same argument.

The source is the authors' working paper of June 2000. Its results are unnumbered, so every item cites a section, a displayed equation and a printed page. The 2005 Management Science version renumbers and revises the material.

Setting

A supplier sells to one retailer, who orders q≥0q \ge 0q≥0 units before a selling season. The retailer's expected revenue is a function R(q)R(q)R(q) of the quantity alone. Leftover units have zero salvage value, and the supplier produces each unit at cost c>0c > 0c>0. The paper's standing assumptions (Sec. 1, p. 5) are:

  • RRR is strictly concave and differentiable for q≥0q \ge 0q≥0, with marginal revenue R′(q)R'(q)R′(q);
  • the product is viable: R′(0)>cR'(0) > cR′(0)>c;
  • a finite quantity is optimal: R′(∞)<cR'(\infty) < cR′(∞)<c.

A revenue-sharing contract {ϕ,w}\{\phi, w\}{ϕ,w} has two terms. The retailer pays the wholesale price w≥0w \ge 0w≥0 per unit, and he keeps the share ϕ\phiϕ of the revenue and transfers (1−ϕ)R(q)(1-\phi)R(q)(1−ϕ)R(q) to the supplier. The case ϕ=1\phi = 1ϕ=1 is the plain wholesale-price contract. The profits of the supply chain, the retailer and the supplier are

Π(q)=R(q)−qc,πr(q)=ϕR(q)−qw,πs(q)=(1−ϕ)R(q)+qw−qc.\Pi(q) = R(q) - qc,\qquad \pi_r(q) = \phi R(q) - qw,\qquad \pi_s(q) = (1-\phi)R(q) + qw - qc .Π(q)=R(q)−qc,πr​(q)=ϕR(q)−qw,πs​(q)=(1−ϕ)R(q)+qw−qc.

The integrated channel quantity qIq_IqI​ is the maximizer of Π\PiΠ over q≥0q \ge 0q≥0. In Lean these objects are RevShareCoord.Single.Model (fields R, R', c and the three assumptions) and its functions Pi, retailerProfit and supplierProfit.

Formalization targets

Goal: revenue sharing coordinates the channel (Sec. 2.2, p. 6)

Let ϕ∈(0,1]\phi \in (0,1]ϕ∈(0,1] and w(ϕ)=ϕcw(\phi) = \phi cw(ϕ)=ϕc. Then

qI=arg max⁡q≥0 πr(q) (uniquely),w(ϕ)≤c,πr(qI)=ϕ Π(qI),πs(qI)=(1−ϕ) Π(qI).q_I = \operatorname*{arg\,max}_{q\ge 0}\ \pi_r(q) \ \text{(uniquely)},\qquad w(\phi)\le c,\qquad \pi_r(q_I) = \phi\,\Pi(q_I),\qquad \pi_s(q_I) = (1-\phi)\,\Pi(q_I).qI​=q≥0argmax​ πr​(q) (uniquely),w(ϕ)≤c,πr​(qI​)=ϕΠ(qI​),πs​(qI​)=(1−ϕ)Π(qI​).

The statement fixes no revenue function and no share. It holds for every model and every ϕ∈(0,1]\phi \in (0, 1]ϕ∈(0,1], which is what "the supplier can take any share of the channel profit" means.

Milestones on the way

  1. Eq. (1), p. 6. qIq_IqI​ exists, is unique and positive, and is the only positive root of R′(qI)=cR'(q_I) = cR′(qI​)=c.
  2. Retailer's first-order condition, p. 6. If R′(0)>w/ϕR'(0) > w/\phiR′(0)>w/ϕ, an order q^≥0\hat q \ge 0q^​≥0 is optimal for the retailer exactly when q^>0\hat q > 0q^​>0 and ϕR′(q^)=w\phi R'(\hat q) = wϕR′(q^​)=w. The retailer has at most one optimal order.
  3. Profit identities, p. 6. Under {ϕ,ϕc}\{\phi, \phi c\}{ϕ,ϕc}, πr(q)=ϕΠ(q)\pi_r(q) = \phi\Pi(q)πr​(q)=ϕΠ(q) and πs(q)=(1−ϕ)Π(q)\pi_s(q) = (1-\phi)\Pi(q)πs​(q)=(1−ϕ)Π(q) at every qqq.
  4. Heterogeneous retailers, p. 7. Given ccc and ϕ\phiϕ, a single wholesale price, chosen before the revenue function, coordinates every retailer of the model.

Further results on the same argument

  1. Buy-back equivalence, Sec. 2.3, p. 9. Take the fixed-price newsvendor and the buy-back contract b∗=p(1−ϕ)b^* = p(1-\phi)b∗=p(1−ϕ), wb∗=p(1−ϕ)+ϕcw_b^* = p(1-\phi)+\phi cwb∗​=p(1−ϕ)+ϕc. It gives the retailer and the supplier the same realized profits as {ϕ,ϕc}\{\phi, \phi c\}{ϕ,ϕc}, for every order and every demand realization.
  2. Endogenous price, Sec. 3.1 and footnote 3, p. 11. Let revenue Rev(q,p)\mathrm{Rev}(q,p)Rev(q,p) be any function of quantity and price, with costs linear in quantity. Then πr(q,p)=ϕ Π(q,p)\pi_r(q,p) = \phi\,\Pi(q,p)πr​(q,p)=ϕΠ(q,p) under {ϕ,ϕc}\{\phi,\phi c\}{ϕ,ϕc}, and the integrated optimum (qI,pI)(q_I,p_I)(qI​,pI​), assumed unique, is the retailer's unique optimum.

Significance

The result separates coordination from profit division. A contract family coordinates for every value of a parameter, and that parameter then moves profit between the firms without changing the quantity, so the contract terms can be settled by bargaining power alone. The heterogeneous-retailer milestone gives the practical advantage over quantity discounts: the coordinating terms do not depend on the retailer's demand, so one price list serves retailers who face different markets. The Sec. 2.3 equivalence shows that, in the fixed-price newsvendor, buy-backs are a special case of revenue sharing. The Sec. 3.1 statement shows that revenue sharing still coordinates when the retailer also sets the price, a setting in which Emmons and Gilbert (1998) showed buy-backs fail.

All of these results are proved in the paper, and none is open. The mission adds a machine-checked version of the single-retailer theory for a general strictly concave revenue function. A related newsvendor version is already formalized on the platform: SupplyChainTheory.revenue_sharing_coordinates, from Snyder and Shen, Fundamentals of Supply Chain Theory, Thm 14.6. That version has a newsvendor revenue with salvage values and goodwill costs, and it concludes the optimality of three profits, not the ϕ\phiϕ-split of this paper. It is a different statement, so it is not reused here.

Difficulty

The algebra is short. The identity πr=ϕΠ\pi_r = \phi\Piπr​=ϕΠ under w=ϕcw = \phi cw=ϕc is a single line, and it is a milestone, not the goal. The work lies in the optimization claims over a half-line with only one-sided information at 000. The integrated optimum must be shown to exist. R′(∞)<cR'(\infty) < cR′(∞)<c gives only an eventual bound on the derivative, so the existence argument needs the continuity of a concave function and its supergradient inequality. It must also be shown positive, which uses R′(0)>cR'(0) > cR′(0)>c as a one-sided derivative. Its uniqueness rests on strict concavity. The retailer's first-order condition needs the same machinery for ϕR−wq\phi R - wqϕR−wq, including the observation that the boundary point 000 is never optimal. A stationary point of πr\pi_rπr​ is not enough. The goal asserts that qIq_IqI​ is the unique maximizer over all of [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞).

Formalization scope

  • Quantities, prices and shares are real numbers. RRR and R′R'R′ are functions R→R\mathbb R \to \mathbb RR→R, constrained only on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). Differentiability is HasDerivWithinAt R (R' q) (Set.Ici 0) q for q≥0q \ge 0q≥0, so it is one-sided at 000. Strict concavity is StrictConcaveOn ℝ (Set.Ici 0) R.
  • R′(∞)<cR'(\infty) < cR′(∞)<c is encoded as "R′(Q)<cR'(Q) < cR′(Q)<c for some Q≥0Q \ge 0Q≥0". For a decreasing R′R'R′ this is equivalent, and it allows R′→−∞R' \to -\inftyR′→−∞.
  • "Optimal" means IsMaxOn over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (over [0,∞)×P[0,\infty)\times P[0,∞)×P in Sec. 3.1), and "unique" means every other maximizer equals it.
  • The supplier's profit πs\pi_sπs​ is not displayed in the paper. It is read off the sequence of events of Sec. 1.
  • The goal and the first-order condition take ϕ∈(0,1]\phi \in (0,1]ϕ∈(0,1]. At ϕ=0\phi = 0ϕ=0 the retailer's profit is identically zero and qIq_IqI​ is not the unique optimum. The profit identities and the buy-back identities hold for all real parameters and are stated that way.
  • Corrected slips. (a) Eq. (1) is introduced with "R′(0)≥cR'(0) \ge cR′(0)≥c". This contradicts the standing assumption R′(0)>cR'(0) > cR′(0)>c: with equality, qI=0q_I = 0qI​=0 is not positive. The statement uses R′(0)>cR'(0) > cR′(0)>c. (b) The display πr(qI)=ϕR(qI)−qIc=ϕΠ(qI)\pi_r(q_I) = \phi R(q_I) - q_I c = \phi\Pi(q_I)πr​(qI​)=ϕR(qI​)−qI​c=ϕΠ(qI​) has a wrong middle term, which should read ϕR(qI)−qIϕc\phi R(q_I) - q_I\phi cϕR(qI​)−qI​ϕc. The outer equality is stated.
  • The first-order-condition milestone adds the converse direction and uniqueness to the paper's "must satisfy". It does not claim that an optimum exists, which may fail when w/ϕ<cw/\phi < cw/ϕ<c.
  • Sec. 3.1 is stated in the generality of footnote 3: an arbitrary revenue function Rev(q,p)\mathrm{Rev}(q,p)Rev(q,p) and a set PPP of admissible prices, with the integrated optimum's uniqueness as a hypothesis, as the paper assumes it. The paper's monotonicity of F(x,p)F(x,p)F(x,p) in ppp is unused and omitted.
  • Sec. 2.3 is formalized pathwise. The expected-profit equations (2)–(4) are not part of the mission.
  • A goal that only asserts πr(ϕ,ϕc,q)=ϕ Π(q)\pi_r(\phi, \phi c, q) = \phi\,\Pi(q)πr​(ϕ,ϕc,q)=ϕΠ(q) would be an unfolding of definitions. The goal therefore carries the argmax-and-uniqueness claim, which needs strict concavity and the model's assumptions.
  • Needed infrastructure: first-order conditions for concave functions on a closed half-line with one-sided derivatives, and existence of maximizers from an eventual derivative bound. Both are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions of that general kind are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. P. Cachon, M. A. Lariviere, Supply Chain Coordination with Revenue-Sharing Contracts: Strengths and Limitations, working paper, June 2000. Published version: Management Science 51(1):30–44, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1040.0215
  • B. A. Pasternack, Optimal pricing and return policies for perishable commodities, Marketing Science 4(2):166–176, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1287/mksc.4.2.166
  • K. S. Moorthy, Managing channel profits: Comment, Marketing Science 6(4):375–379, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1287/mksc.6.4.375
  • A. A. Tsay, W. S. Lovejoy, Quantity flexibility contracts and supply chain performance, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 1(2):89–111, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1.2.89
  • H. Emmons, S. M. Gilbert, Note: The role of returns policies in pricing and inventory decisions for catalogue goods, Management Science 44(2):276–283, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.44.2.276
  • L. V. Snyder, Z.-J. M. Shen, Fundamentals of Supply Chain Theory, 2nd ed., Wiley, 2019, Ch. 14. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119584445
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisDynamic ProgrammingOptimization+2·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case V: Semicontinuous Functions — a Borel-Measurable Minimizing Selector for Lower Semicontinuous CostsTextbook

Motivation

Every step of the dynamic programming algorithm on a general state space does three things: it takes a conditional expectation of the cost-to-go under a transition kernel, it minimizes the resulting function of state and control over the control, and, if a policy is to be produced, it picks a control for each state that attains or nearly attains that minimum. On a finite or countable state space all three are harmless. On an uncountable state space each can destroy the measurability needed to take the next expectation: the infimum over an uncountable family of measurable functions need not be measurable, and a minimizer chosen state by state need not be a measurable function of the state, so it does not define a policy at all.

Section 7.5 of Bertsekas and Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case (1978; Athena Scientific reprint 1996), settles the three operations for semicontinuous costs and continuous kernels. The results are the topological half of the book's measurability theory; the descriptive set theory half (lower semianalytic functions and analytically measurable selectors, §7.6–7.7) is a separate mission in this series. The semicontinuous results are what Propositions 8.6–8.7 and Corollaries 9.17.2–9.17.3 of the book use to obtain Borel-measurable optimal policies for finite-horizon and infinite-horizon models with lower semicontinuous costs and compact control sets.

Timeline. The exact selection theorem for lower semicontinuous functions (Proposition 7.33 below) is credited by the book's notes to Dubins and Savage, How to Gamble If You Must (1965). The Hausdorff metric on closed sets goes back to Hausdorff's Set Theory. Measurable selection in the closed-valued setting was later systematized by Kuratowski and Ryll-Nardzewski (1965), whose theorem gives a different route to results of this kind.

Setting

Throughout, R∗=[−∞,+∞]R^*=[-\infty,+\infty]R∗=[−∞,+∞] is the extended real line. A function f:X→R∗f:X\to R^*f:X→R∗ on a metrizable space XXX is lower semicontinuous if every sublevel set {x∣f(x)≤c}\{x\mid f(x)\le c\}{x∣f(x)≤c}, c∈Rc\in\mathbb Rc∈R, is closed, and upper semicontinuous if every superlevel set {x∣f(x)≥c}\{x\mid f(x)\ge c\}{x∣f(x)≥c} is closed (Definition 7.13). C(X)C(X)C(X) is the space of bounded continuous real-valued functions on XXX.

For a separable metrizable space YYY, P(Y)P(Y)P(Y) is the set of Borel probability measures on YYY with the weak topology (convergence of integrals of functions in C(Y)C(Y)C(Y)). A stochastic kernel q(dy∣x)q(dy\mid x)q(dy∣x) on YYY given XXX is a map x↦q(dy∣x)x\mapsto q(dy\mid x)x↦q(dy∣x) from XXX to P(Y)P(Y)P(Y), and it is continuous if this map is continuous (Definition 7.12). The integral of a Borel-measurable f:Y→R∗f:Y\to R^*f:Y→R∗ is ∫f dp=∫f+dp−∫f−dp\int f\,dp=\int f^+dp-\int f^-dp∫fdp=∫f+dp−∫f−dp with the convention −∞+∞=+∞−∞=+∞-\infty+\infty=+\infty-\infty=+\infty−∞+∞=+∞−∞=+∞ (Eq. (43) of Chapter 7).

For a compact metric space YYY, 2Y2^Y2Y is the collection of closed subsets of YYY with the topology of the Hausdorff metric (Appendix C). For D⊆X×YD\subseteq X\times YD⊆X×Y, the section at xxx is Dx={y∣(x,y)∈D}D_x=\{y\mid (x,y)\in D\}Dx​={y∣(x,y)∈D}, the projection is projX(D)={x∣Dx≠∅}\mathrm{proj}_X(D)=\{x\mid D_x\neq\emptyset\}projX​(D)={x∣Dx​=∅}, and a function φ:projX(D)→Y\varphi:\mathrm{proj}_X(D)\to Yφ:projX​(D)→Y has its graph in DDD if (x,φ(x))∈D(x,\varphi(x))\in D(x,φ(x))∈D for every x∈projX(D)x\in\mathrm{proj}_X(D)x∈projX​(D). "Borel-measurable" refers to the Borel σ-algebras of the topologies in question; on projX(D)\mathrm{proj}_X(D)projX​(D) this is the Borel σ-algebra of the subspace topology.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 7.33

Let XXX be metrizable, YYY compact metrizable, D⊆X×YD\subseteq X\times YD⊆X×Y closed, and f:D→R∗f:D\to R^*f:D→R∗ lower semicontinuous. Put

f∗(x)=min⁡y∈Dxf(x,y),x∈projX(D).f^*(x)=\min_{y\in D_x}f(x,y),\qquad x\in\mathrm{proj}_X(D).f∗(x)=y∈Dx​min​f(x,y),x∈projX​(D).

Then projX(D)\mathrm{proj}_X(D)projX​(D) is closed, f∗f^*f∗ is lower semicontinuous, and there is a Borel-measurable φ:projX(D)→Y\varphi:\mathrm{proj}_X(D)\to Yφ:projX​(D)→Y with graph in DDD and

f(x,φ(x))=f∗(x)∀x∈projX(D).f\bigl(x,\varphi(x)\bigr)=f^*(x)\qquad\forall x\in\mathrm{proj}_X(D).f(x,φ(x))=f∗(x)∀x∈projX​(D).

Milestones

  • Proposition 7.32: for f∗(x)=inf⁡y∈Yf(x,y)f^*(x)=\inf_{y\in Y}f(x,y)f∗(x)=infy∈Y​f(x,y), lower semicontinuity of fff and compactness of YYY give lower semicontinuity of f∗f^*f∗ and attainment; upper semicontinuity of fff gives upper semicontinuity of f∗f^*f∗.
  • Lemma 7.18: there is a Borel-measurable σ:2Y−{∅}→Y\sigma:2^Y-\{\emptyset\}\to Yσ:2Y−{∅}→Y with σ(A)∈A\sigma(A)\in Aσ(A)∈A.
  • Lemma 7.20: for lower semicontinuous fff on a nonempty compact YYY, the argmin map x↦{y∣f(x,y)≤f∗(x)}x\mapsto\{y\mid f(x,y)\le f^*(x)\}x↦{y∣f(x,y)≤f∗(x)} is Borel-measurable into 2Y2^Y2Y.
  • Lemma 7.14: fff is lower semicontinuous and bounded below iff fn↑ff_n\uparrow ffn​↑f for some fn∈C(X)f_n\in C(X)fn​∈C(X) (and dually).
  • Proposition 7.30: x↦∫f(x,y) q(dy∣x)x\mapsto\int f(x,y)\,q(dy\mid x)x↦∫f(x,y)q(dy∣x) is continuous for f∈C(X×Y)f\in C(X\times Y)f∈C(X×Y) and continuous qqq.
  • Proposition 7.31: the same map is lower (upper) semicontinuous and bounded below (above) when fff is.
  • Lemma 7.21: an open G⊆X×YG\subseteq X\times YG⊆X×Y, YYY separable, has open projection and a Borel-measurable selector with graph in GGG.
  • Proposition 7.34: for open DDD and upper semicontinuous fff, projX(D)\mathrm{proj}_X(D)projX​(D) is open, f∗=inf⁡Dxff^*=\inf_{D_x}ff∗=infDx​​f is upper semicontinuous, and for each ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there is a Borel-measurable φε\varphi_\varepsilonφε​ with graph in DDD and
f(x,φε(x))≤{f∗(x)+εif f∗(x)>−∞,−1/εif f∗(x)=−∞.f\bigl(x,\varphi_\varepsilon(x)\bigr)\le\begin{cases}f^*(x)+\varepsilon&\text{if }f^*(x)>-\infty,\\-1/\varepsilon&\text{if }f^*(x)=-\infty.\end{cases}f(x,φε​(x))≤{f∗(x)+ε−1/ε​if f∗(x)>−∞,if f∗(x)=−∞.​

Significance

The results. Propositions 7.31–7.33 are the closure properties that make the dynamic programming recursion stay inside the class of lower semicontinuous functions bounded below: the expectation step preserves the class (7.31), the minimization step preserves it (7.32, 7.33), and the minimization admits a Borel-measurable exact minimizer (7.33). This is why, in semicontinuous models, the optimal cost functions are lower semicontinuous and optimal policies can be taken Borel-measurable and nonrandomized. Proposition 7.34 gives the weaker, ε\varepsilonε-optimal counterpart for upper semicontinuous costs, where the infimum need not be attained.

Formalizing them. All of these results are proved in the book; none is open. As far as is known, none has a machine-checked proof: Mathlib has semicontinuity, the Hausdorff extended metric on closed and on nonempty compact sets, and the weak topology on probability measures, but no theorem combining them into a measurable selection result of this kind. A formal development would supply measurable selectors for semicontinuous minimization in Lean and the Borel-measurability of set-valued maps into the hyperspace of closed sets, both reusable well beyond dynamic programming.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt at the goal is to pick, for each xxx, some minimizer yyy of f(x,⋅)f(x,\cdot)f(x,⋅) over the compact section DxD_xDx​. The minimizer exists by compactness and lower semicontinuity, but the choice is made pointwise and gives no control on measurability: a minimizer chosen by the axiom of choice need not be Borel-measurable. The argmin sets F∗(x)F^*(x)F∗(x) vary with xxx only semicontinuously: they can jump from a single point to a large set, so a continuous selection generally does not exist, and continuity arguments cannot replace measurability. Lemma 7.18 isolates the hardest part: a choice of a point of each nonempty closed set that is measurable as a function of the set itself.

A second difficulty is bookkeeping at infinity. Values ±∞\pm\infty±∞ are allowed throughout, so sublevel sets, minima, integrals and ε\varepsilonε-bounds must all be handled in R∗R^*R∗; the integral in Proposition 7.31 uses the convention ∞−∞=+∞\infty-\infty=+\infty∞−∞=+∞, which is not Mathlib's.

Formalization scope

  • Extended reals. Values are in EReal. The only place where values of opposite infinite sign are combined is the integral, which is the published definition DupacovaWets.Consistency.expect (reused, not restated): ∫f+−∫f−\int f^+-\int f^-∫f+−∫f− with an explicit case returning +∞+\infty+∞ when ∫f+=∞\int f^+=\infty∫f+=∞, exactly the book's convention (42). The ε\varepsilonε-bound of Proposition 7.34 adds a real ε\varepsilonε to a value different from −∞-\infty−∞, which is safe in EReal.
  • Semicontinuity is Mathlib's LowerSemicontinuous/UpperSemicontinuous, equivalent to Definition 7.13 for EReal-valued functions. Lemma 7.13 of the book (the sequential characterization) is Mathlib's lowerSemicontinuous_iff_le_liminf together with first countability of metrizable spaces, and is not restated here.
  • Functions on DDD. Functions "on DDD" are functions on X×YX\times YX×Y with LowerSemicontinuousOn f D (resp. UpperSemicontinuousOn); values off DDD play no role. projX(D)\mathrm{proj}_X(D)projX​(D) is Prod.fst '' D, selectors are functions on that subtype, and its σ-algebra is the Borel σ-algebra of the subspace topology.
  • Hyperspace. 2Y2^Y2Y is Closeds Y, and 2Y−{∅}2^Y-\{\emptyset\}2Y−{∅} for compact YYY is NonemptyCompacts Y, each with the Hausdorff extended metric and the Borel σ-algebra of its topology. This topology agrees with the book's (the exponential topology of Appendix C, independent of the metric).
  • Boundedness. "Bounded below/above" is by a real constant. BddBelow in EReal would be vacuous and is not used.
  • Edge cases. Proposition 7.32(a)'s attainment clause is stated for nonempty YYY, since for Y=∅Y=\emptysetY=∅ the infimum is +∞+\infty+∞ and nothing attains it.
  • Argmin minimum. Lemma 7.20 assumes nonempty YYY because its defining formula uses a minimum; for empty YYY there is no minimizer.
  • Ruling out trivial readings. The graph condition (x,φ(x))∈D(x,\varphi(x))\in D(x,φ(x))∈D is part of every selection statement; without it the goal would follow from the unconstrained case. The selector must be Borel-measurable on projX(D)\mathrm{proj}_X(D)projX​(D) and must attain the minimum exactly, not up to ε\varepsilonε.

A complete development needs the Borel structure of the hyperspace (measurability of maps into Closeds Y from upper semicontinuity in the sense of Kuratowski, Proposition C.4 of the book), the construction of a measurable choice function on NonemptyCompacts Y, and approximation of semicontinuous functions by monotone sequences in C(X)C(X)C(X). Each of these is reusable on its own; proofs of individual milestones by any route are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978; Athena Scientific reprint, 1996, Section 7.5 and Appendix C. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
  • L. E. Dubins and L. J. Savage, How to Gamble If You Must: Inequalities for Stochastic Processes, McGraw-Hill, 1965.
  • K. Kuratowski and C. Ryll-Nardzewski, "A general theorem on selectors," Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. 13 (1965), 397–403.
  • F. Hausdorff, Set Theory, Chelsea, New York, 1957.
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

The Price of Stability for Network Design with Fair Cost Allocation I: The Price of Stability of Fair Cost Sharing Is at Most H(k), and This Is TightResearch Paper

Motivation

Many networks are built and paid for by the users they serve: multicast trees, virtual overlays, shared subnetworks of the Internet. A protocol proposes a design and a rule for splitting its cost, and each participant is free to accept the proposal or defect to a cheaper alternative. The designer therefore cannot impose the global optimum; the best it can do is propose the cheapest outcome that no participant wants to leave, a Nash equilibrium. The ratio between the cost of the best equilibrium and the optimal cost, the price of stability, measures the loss caused by requiring stability. It contrasts with the price of anarchy, which compares the worst equilibrium with the optimum and suits settings with no coordinating protocol at all.

Anshelevich, Dasgupta, Kleinberg, Tardos, Wexler and Roughgarden (SIAM J. Comput. 2008; preliminary version FOCS 2004) studied this question for the most common cost-sharing rule, the Shapley (equal-split) rule, under which every user of an edge pays the same share of its cost. Their first result, the subject of this mission, is that the price of stability is at most the harmonic number H(k)H(k)H(k), where kkk is the number of players, and that this bound is attained in the limit.

Setting

There are kkk players and a finite set EEE of edges. Each player iii has a family Σi\Sigma_iΣi​ of feasible strategies, each a set of edges; in the network setting Σi\Sigma_iΣi​ consists of the edge sets connecting player iii's terminals in a directed graph. Each edge eee has a nonnegative cost cec_ece​. In a strategy vector S=(S1,…,Sk)S=(S_1,\dots,S_k)S=(S1​,…,Sk​), Si∈ΣiS_i\in\Sigma_iSi​∈Σi​, let xex_exe​ be the number of players whose strategy contains eee. Under Shapley cost sharing player iii pays

Ci(S)=∑e∈Sicexe.C_i(S)=\sum_{e\in S_i}\frac{c_e}{x_e}.Ci​(S)=e∈Si​∑​xe​ce​​.

The cost of the designed network is

cost⁡(S)=∑e∈⋃iSice,\operatorname{cost}(S)=\sum_{e\in\bigcup_i S_i}c_e ,cost(S)=e∈⋃i​Si​∑​ce​,

and the payments add up to exactly this amount. The profile SSS is a (pure) Nash equilibrium if no player iii has a strategy Si′∈ΣiS_i'\in\Sigma_iSi′​∈Σi​ with Ci(S−i,Si′)<Ci(S)C_i(S_{-i},S_i')<C_i(S)Ci​(S−i​,Si′​)<Ci​(S). Finally,

H(k)=1+12+⋯+1k.H(k)=1+\tfrac12+\dots+\tfrac1k .H(k)=1+21​+⋯+k1​.

The game is a congestion game: the per-user cost of an edge, fe(x)=ce/xf_e(x)=c_e/xfe​(x)=ce​/x, depends only on the edge and its number of users. Rosenthal's potential

Φ(S)=∑e∈E∑x=1xefe(x)\Phi(S)=\sum_{e\in E}\sum_{x=1}^{x_e}f_e(x)Φ(S)=e∈E∑​x=1∑xe​​fe​(x)

changes by exactly the deviating player's change in cost when a single player changes strategy. The same objects are used with load-dependent edge costs ce(x)c_e(x)ce​(x), in which case fe(x)=ce(x)/xf_e(x)=c_e(x)/xfe​(x)=ce​(x)/x.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1 and its tightness

For every game with ce≥0c_e\ge0ce​≥0 in which each player has a feasible strategy there is a Nash equilibrium SSS with

cost⁡(S)≤H(k)⋅cost⁡(P)for every profile P,\operatorname{cost}(S)\le H(k)\cdot\operatorname{cost}(P)\quad\text{for every profile }P,cost(S)≤H(k)⋅cost(P)for every profile P,

and for every k≥1k\ge1k≥1, ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 the instance of Fig. 1.1 (player iii has its own path of cost 1/i1/i1/i, and all players can share a path of cost 1+ε1+\varepsilon1+ε) has a Nash equilibrium, every Nash equilibrium of it costs H(k)H(k)H(k), and some profile costs 1+ε1+\varepsilon1+ε. The ratio H(k)/(1+ε)H(k)/(1+\varepsilon)H(k)/(1+ε) tends to H(k)H(k)H(k) as ε→0\varepsilon\to0ε→0.

Milestones

  1. Budget balance: ∑iCi(S)=cost⁡(S)\sum_iC_i(S)=\operatorname{cost}(S)∑i​Ci​(S)=cost(S) for every SSS (Sect. 1).
  2. Rosenthal's potential is exact (Theorem 2.1, proof, (2.1)).
  3. From every profile some Nash equilibrium of no larger potential is reached (Theorem 2.1, proof).
  4. Theorem 3.1: if cost⁡(S)≤A Φ(S)\operatorname{cost}(S)\le A\,\Phi(S)cost(S)≤AΦ(S) and Φ(S)≤Bcost⁡(S)\Phi(S)\le B\operatorname{cost}(S)Φ(S)≤Bcost(S) for all SSS, the price of stability is at most ABABAB.
  5. For nondecreasing concave edge costs ce(x)c_e(x)ce​(x): cost⁡(S)≤Φ(S)≤H(k)cost⁡(S)\operatorname{cost}(S)\le\Phi(S)\le H(k)\operatorname{cost}(S)cost(S)≤Φ(S)≤H(k)cost(S) (Theorem 2.3, proof).
  6. Theorem 2.3: the H(k)H(k)H(k) bound for nondecreasing concave edge costs.
  7. The Fig. 1.1 instance: its Nash equilibrium is unique and costs H(k)H(k)H(k); a profile costs 1+ε1+\varepsilon1+ε.

Significance

The bound shows that requiring stability under the Shapley rule costs at most a logarithmic factor, H(k)=Θ(log⁡k)H(k)=\Theta(\log k)H(k)=Θ(logk), whereas the price of anarchy of the same game is kkk (two parallel edges of costs 111 and kkk already show this). It was among the first price-of-stability results and is the starting point for a line of work on network design games: the undirected case, where the H(k)H(k)H(k) bound is not tight and the correct value remained open for years, weighted players, and other cost-sharing rules. The argument (an exact potential that over- and under-estimates the social cost by bounded factors) is the standard tool for price-of-stability bounds, and Theorem 3.1 isolates it in a reusable form.

The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof exists. This mission produces a formal account of Shapley cost-sharing games as congestion games, of Rosenthal's potential and the finite improvement property, of the potential-sandwich argument of Theorem 3.1, and of the matching lower-bound instance, for constant and for nondecreasing concave edge costs.

Difficulty

The obvious approach, bounding the cost of an arbitrary equilibrium, fails: some equilibria cost kkk times the optimum, so any proof must select a particular equilibrium. The selection uses the finiteness of the strategy space together with the exact potential, and the bound needs the inequality Φ≤H(k)⋅cost⁡\Phi\le H(k)\cdot\operatorname{cost}Φ≤H(k)⋅cost, which for concave costs requires the per-user cost ce(x)/xc_e(x)/xce​(x)/x to be nonincreasing. On the lower-bound side, the claim that every equilibrium of Fig. 1.1 costs H(k)H(k)H(k) requires excluding all equilibria in which some players share the common path, for every kkk at once, not only checking that the all-own profile is stable.

Formalization scope

Games are encoded as congestion games over arbitrary finite families of edge sets, reusing the published CongestionPoA.AsymSum.Model (congestion game, loads, player costs, cost-form pure Nash equilibrium, total cost). The paper notes that its proofs do not use the graph structure; the directed-graph game is the instance in which Σi\Sigma_iΣi​ is the family of edge sets connecting player iii's terminals. Players and edges form finite types; kkk is the number of players and H(k)H(k)H(k) is Mathlib's harmonic k cast to R\mathbb RR. The price of stability is stated as the existence of a Nash equilibrium whose cost is at most the constant times the cost of every profile, with no division by the optimum, and with the hypothesis that some profile exists. Concave costs are functions on N\mathbb NN with nonincreasing increments, nondecreasing, with ce(0)≥0c_e(0)\ge0ce​(0)≥0; this last condition is implicit in the paper and needed for ce(x)/xc_e(x)/xce​(x)/x to be nonincreasing. Theorem 3.1 carries the implicit hypothesis A≥0A\ge0A≥0.

A statement that bounds every equilibrium is false, and one that asserts a cheap profile without the Nash condition is trivial; both are excluded, and the tightness part quantifies over every Nash equilibrium of the instance and asserts that one exists.

Needed infrastructure: finite improvement paths in potential games, sum manipulations over loads, and bounds on harmonic sums. The potential lemmas apply to every finite congestion game and are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • E. Anshelevich, A. Dasgupta, J. Kleinberg, É. Tardos, T. Wexler, T. Roughgarden, The Price of Stability for Network Design with Fair Cost Allocation, SIAM J. Comput. 38(4):1602–1623, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1137/070680096
  • R. W. Rosenthal, A class of games possessing pure-strategy Nash equilibria, Int. J. Game Theory 2:65–67, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01737559
  • D. Monderer, L. S. Shapley, Potential games, Games Econ. Behav. 14:124–143, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1996.0044
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryComplexity Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

The Complexity of Computing a Nash Equilibrium 2: The Three-Colorable Addition-Multiplication Gadget Has Error Amplification 81Research Paper

Motivation

Nash's theorem guarantees that every finite game has a mixed equilibrium, but says nothing about how hard one is to find. Daskalakis, Goldberg and Papadimitriou (SIAM J. Comput. 39(1), 2009) showed that computing a Nash equilibrium is complete for the class PPAD of total search problems whose solutions are guaranteed by a parity argument on a directed graph (Papadimitriou 1994). Their proof simulates an arithmetic circuit by a graphical game: a multiplayer game in which each player's payoff depends on a few neighbours only, built from small game gadgets whose equilibria compute x↦αxx \mapsto \alpha xx↦αx, x+yx + yx+y, xyxyxy, constants and comparisons on mixed-strategy probabilities.

These gadgets are the reusable core of the reduction. The PPAD-completeness results for three-player games, and the later results for two-player games and for approximate equilibria, all rest on gadget analyses of this kind.

Timeline.

  • 1994: Papadimitriou defines PPAD and shows that Nash equilibrium computation lies in it (JCSS 48).
  • 2001: Kearns, Littman and Singh introduce graphical games (UAI 2001).
  • 2005–2006: Goldberg and Papadimitriou reduce rrr-player games to four-player games, and Daskalakis, Goldberg and Papadimitriou prove PPAD-completeness for four players (STOC 2006). The three-player case is obtained independently by Daskalakis and Papadimitriou and by Chen and Deng (ECCC reports, 2005); the two-player case by Chen and Deng (FOCS 2006; J. ACM 56(3), 2009, with Teng).
  • 2009: the journal version unifies the three-player argument; its Proposition 4.18 is the gadget G+,∗\mathcal G_{+,*}G+,∗​ that makes the reduction to three players work.

Setting

A game has finitely many players; player ppp has a finite set SpS_pSp​ of pure strategies and a nonnegative payoff uspu^p_susp​ for each pure profile sss. A mixed profile xxx gives each player a probability distribution (xjp)j∈Sp(x^p_j)_{j\in S_p}(xjp​)j∈Sp​​, and xsx_sxs​ denotes the product of the probabilities of the components of a partial profile sss. The expected payoff of a pure strategy jjj of ppp is ∑s∈S−pujspxs\sum_{s\in S_{-p}} u^p_{js}x_s∑s∈S−p​​ujsp​xs​.

An ϵ\epsilonϵ-Nash equilibrium (the paper's notion, an ϵ\epsilonϵ-approximately well-supported equilibrium, Eq. (2)) is a mixed profile in which no player puts weight on a pure strategy that another of its pure strategies beats by more than ϵ\epsilonϵ:

∀p, j,j′∈Sp:∑s∈S−pujspxs>∑s∈S−puj′spxs+ϵ  ⟹  xj′p=0.\forall p,\ j, j' \in S_p:\quad \sum_{s\in S_{-p}} u^p_{js}x_s > \sum_{s\in S_{-p}} u^p_{j's}x_s + \epsilon \implies x^p_{j'} = 0 .∀p, j,j′∈Sp​:s∈S−p​∑​ujsp​xs​>s∈S−p​∑​uj′sp​xs​+ϵ⟹xj′p​=0.

For ϵ=0\epsilon = 0ϵ=0 this characterizes Nash equilibria.

A player with strategies {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1} is binary; p[v]\mathbf p[v]p[v] is the probability that it plays 111, and p[v:s]\mathbf p[v : s]p[v:s] is the probability that vvv plays sss. The affects graph (Definition 2.2) has an edge (v1,v2)(v_1, v_2)(v1​,v2​) between distinct players when the payoff of v2v_2v2​ is a nonconstant function of the action of v1v_1v1​. A legal kkk-coloring (Definition 4.8) gives each player one of kkk colors so that the two ends of an edge differ and two distinct players with a common successor differ.

The game G+,∗\mathcal G_{+,*}G+,∗​ (Fig. 11) has inputs v1,v2v_1, v_2v1​,v2​, output v3v_3v3​ and intermediate players w1,v1′,w2,v2′,w3,w,uw_1, v_1', w_2, v_2', w_3, w, uw1​,v1′​,w2​,v2′​,w3​,w,u, all binary except v2′v_2'v2′​, which has strategies {0,1,∗}\{0, 1, *\}{0,1,∗}. Its payoff tables are fixed by nonnegative integers α,β,γ\alpha, \beta, \gammaα,β,γ; the inputs' payoffs are unconstrained.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.18

For nonnegative integers α,β,γ\alpha, \beta, \gammaα,β,γ with α+β+γ≤3\alpha + \beta + \gamma \le 3α+β+γ≤3, the affects graph of G+,∗\mathcal G_{+,*}G+,∗​ has a legal 3-coloring, and for every ϵ∈[0,0.01]\epsilon \in [0, 0.01]ϵ∈[0,0.01], at every ϵ\epsilonϵ-Nash equilibrium,

∣ p[v3]−min⁡{1, αp[v1]+βp[v2]+γp[v1]p[v2]}∣≤81 ϵ.\Big|\,\mathbf p[v_3] - \min\{1,\ \alpha\mathbf p[v_1] + \beta\mathbf p[v_2] + \gamma\mathbf p[v_1]\mathbf p[v_2]\}\Big| \le 81\,\epsilon .​p[v3​]−min{1, αp[v1​]+βp[v2​]+γp[v1​]p[v2​]}​≤81ϵ.

The case ϵ=0\epsilon = 0ϵ=0 is exact computation at every Nash equilibrium.

Milestones: the four claims of the proof

  • Claim 1: p[v1′]=18p[v1]±ϵ\mathbf p[v_1'] = \tfrac18\mathbf p[v_1] \pm \epsilonp[v1′​]=81​p[v1​]±ϵ.
  • Claim 2: p[v2′:1]=18p[v2]±ϵ\mathbf p[v_2' : 1] = \tfrac18\mathbf p[v_2] \pm \epsilonp[v2′​:1]=81​p[v2​]±ϵ.
  • Claim 3: p[v2′:∗]=α8p[v1]+β8p[v2]+γ8p[v1]p[v2]±10ϵ\mathbf p[v_2' : *] = \tfrac{\alpha}{8}\mathbf p[v_1] + \tfrac{\beta}{8}\mathbf p[v_2] + \tfrac{\gamma}{8}\mathbf p[v_1]\mathbf p[v_2] \pm 10\epsilonp[v2′​:∗]=8α​p[v1​]+8β​p[v2​]+8γ​p[v1​]p[v2​]±10ϵ.
  • Claim 4: the output bound of the goal.

Milestones: the elementary gadgets

  • Proposition 4.2 (G×α\mathcal G_{\times\alpha}G×α​): p[v2]=min⁡(αp[v1],1)±ϵ\mathbf p[v_2] = \min(\alpha\mathbf p[v_1], 1) \pm \epsilonp[v2​]=min(αp[v1​],1)±ϵ for real α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0, ϵ<1\epsilon < 1ϵ<1.
  • Proposition 4.3: p[v3]=min⁡(αp[v1]+βp[v2]+γp[v1]p[v2],1)±ϵ\mathbf p[v_3] = \min(\alpha\mathbf p[v_1] + \beta\mathbf p[v_2] + \gamma\mathbf p[v_1]\mathbf p[v_2], 1) \pm \epsilonp[v3​]=min(αp[v1​]+βp[v2​]+γp[v1​]p[v2​],1)±ϵ for real α,β,γ≥0\alpha, \beta, \gamma \ge 0α,β,γ≥0.
  • Proposition 4.5 (Gα\mathcal G_\alphaGα​): p[v1]=min⁡(α,1)±ϵ\mathbf p[v_1] = \min(\alpha, 1) \pm \epsilonp[v1​]=min(α,1)±ϵ.
  • Lemma 5.3 (comparator G<\mathcal G_<G<​): p[d]=1\mathbf p[d] = 1p[d]=1 if p[a]<p[b]−ϵ\mathbf p[a] < \mathbf p[b] - \epsilonp[a]<p[b]−ϵ and p[d]=0\mathbf p[d] = 0p[d]=0 if p[a]>p[b]+ϵ\mathbf p[a] > \mathbf p[b] + \epsilonp[a]>p[b]+ϵ.

Significance

The result. The paper reduces rrr-player games to three-player games by building a graphical game from gadgets, legally coloring it with three colors, and turning each color class into one player of a normal-form game (§4.2, §4.5). Proposition 4.18 supplies a gadget that computes min⁡{1,αx+βy+γxy}\min\{1, \alpha x + \beta y + \gamma xy\}min{1,αx+βy+γxy} and can be glued into such a construction while keeping it legally 3-colorable (p. 233), at the price of an error constant 818181 instead of the constant 111 of the elementary gadgets. The error bound is what carries the reduction over to approximate equilibria: an ϵ\epsilonϵ-Nash equilibrium of the gadget computes its function to within 81ϵ81\epsilon81ϵ.

Formalizing it. All results here are proved in the paper (Proposition 4.5 is stated with the remark that its proof is similar to those of Propositions 4.2 and 4.3). None of them has a machine-checked proof, and no graphical-game or gadget infrastructure exists in Lean. The mission formalizes the known proofs and produces a library of verified gadgets with explicit error bounds, the first layer of any formal treatment of the PPAD-hardness of Nash equilibria.

Difficulty

Each claim is a case analysis on which strategy of an intermediate player is dominated by more than ϵ\epsilonϵ, but the cases interact. Claim 3 needs Claims 1 and 2 as inputs, and it is the step where both α+β+γ≤3\alpha + \beta + \gamma \le 3α+β+γ≤3 and ϵ≤0.01\epsilon \le 0.01ϵ≤0.01 are used: without them one of the regimes of www cannot be excluded. The three-strategy player v2′v_2'v2′​ cannot be handled by the "binary player copies or disagrees" argument of the elementary gadgets; its weight on 111 and on ∗*∗ must be tracked separately. The error constants 101010 and 818181 propagate through products of approximate quantities, so a proof that is loose at any step does not reach them.

On the Lean side, the expected payoff of a pure strategy is a sum over all pure profiles of a ten-player game; every claim first has to reduce it to the few coordinates the player's payoff actually depends on.

Formalization scope

Games, mixed profiles and expected payoffs are those of the published agt_games bundle: a finite player type, strategy types S i, payoffs u : ι → (∀ i, S i) → ℝ, AGT.IsMixedProfile, AGT.expectedPayoff. The expected payoff of a pure strategy jjj is the expected payoff of the profile with ppp's strategy replaced by the point mass at jjj. An ϵ\epsilonϵ-Nash equilibrium requires a genuine mixed profile.

Each gadget is one explicit game on its own player type, with the payoff tables of the paper. Binary strategies are Fin 2 with the paper's labels 0,10, 10,1, and p[v]\mathbf p[v]p[v] is the weight on 1; v2′v_2'v2′​'s strategies are an inductive type {zero, one, star}. The input players' payoffs are unconstrained in the paper; here they are 000, which makes the ϵ\epsilonϵ-condition at the inputs vacuous. Since every non-input payoff depends only on gadget players, "ϵ\epsilonϵ-Nash equilibrium of the standalone gadget" quantifies over all mixed strategies of the inputs and imposes the condition exactly on the other players, which is the paper's meaning when the gadget sits inside a larger game. The affects graph is computed from the payoff functions, without self-loops, and colors {1,…,k}\{1,\dots,k\}{1,…,k} are Fin k. The ranges α,β,γ∈N\alpha, \beta, \gamma \in \mathbb Nα,β,γ∈N (Proposition 4.18) and α,β,γ∈R≥0\alpha, \beta, \gamma \in \mathbb R_{\ge 0}α,β,γ∈R≥0​ (Propositions 4.2, 4.3, 4.5) follow the paper; ϵ≥0\epsilon \ge 0ϵ≥0 is added where the paper writes only ϵ<1\epsilon < 1ϵ<1.

The paper states Proposition 4.18 and Lemma 5.3 as "there is a graphical game"; an existential statement would be met by a game whose output has a dominant strategy and whose inputs are forced, so both are stated for the explicit game of the proof, with free inputs.

A complete development needs a computation lemma for the pure-strategy payoff in each gadget (reusable for any gadget on these definitions) and the case analyses of the claims. Proofs of the elementary gadgets, which are short, and of Claims 1 and 2 are good first contributions; Claim 3 is the main step.

Selected references

  • C. Daskalakis, P. W. Goldberg, C. H. Papadimitriou, The Complexity of Computing a Nash Equilibrium, SIAM J. Comput. 39(1):195–259, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/070699652
  • C. H. Papadimitriou, On the complexity of the parity argument and other inefficient proofs of existence, J. Comput. System Sci. 48(3):498–532, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-0000(05)80063-7
  • M. Kearns, M. L. Littman, S. Singh, Graphical Models for Game Theory, UAI 2001. https://arxiv.org/abs/1301.2281
  • X. Chen, X. Deng, S.-H. Teng, Settling the complexity of computing two-player Nash equilibria, J. ACM 56(3):14, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1145/1516512.1516516
15 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

One-Machine Sequencing to Minimize Certain Functions of Job Tardiness II: EDD Order Minimizes Any Sum of Convex Nondecreasing Tardiness Penalties When No Job Starts After Its Due DateResearch Paper

Motivation

A single machine must process a set of jobs, each with a processing time and a due date, and the cost of a schedule depends on how late the jobs finish. Total tardiness is the classical criterion, but in many applications lateness is penalised more than proportionally: a job one week late costs more than twice a job half a week late, and a quadratic or other convex penalty describes this better. Hamilton Emmons's 1969 paper in Operations Research (DOI 10.1287/opre.17.4.701) derives dominance rules for total tardiness and then asks which of them survive when total tardiness is replaced by ∑Jg(Ti)\sum_J g(T_i)∑J​g(Ti​) for an arbitrary convex nondecreasing loss ggg.

Timeline of the relevant results:

  • 1955 — Jackson shows that ordering jobs by earliest due date (EDD) minimises the maximum lateness, and hence produces a schedule without late jobs whenever one exists.
  • 1956 — Smith gives the ratio rule for weighted completion time and an adjacent-interchange criterion for pairs of jobs.
  • 1969 — Emmons proves the precedence theorems for total tardiness that underlie later branch-and-bound and dynamic programming algorithms for 1 ∣∣ ∑Tj1\,||\,\sum T_j1∣∣∑Tj​, and shows (p. 713) that Theorems 2 and 3 and part of Theorem 1 extend to any sum of identical convex nondecreasing tardiness penalties.
  • 1977 — Lawler's pseudo-polynomial algorithm for total tardiness builds on Emmons's conditions; the problem is later shown NP-hard (Du and Leung, 1990).

Setting

A finite set JJJ of jobs is to be sequenced on one machine. Job JiJ_iJi​ has a processing time pi≥0p_i\ge 0pi​≥0 and a due date did_idi​. All jobs are available at time 000, and the machine processes them one after another without idle time. A schedule is an ordering lll of the jobs of JJJ. The completion time CiC_iCi​ of JiJ_iJi​ in lll is the sum of the processing times of JiJ_iJi​ and of every job before it; its waiting (starting) time is Wi=Ci−piW_i=C_i-p_iWi​=Ci​−pi​, and its tardiness is

Ti=max⁡(0, Ci−di).T_i=\max(0,\,C_i-d_i).Ti​=max(0,Ci​−di​).

A loss function g:R→Rg:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rg:R→R, convex and nondecreasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), is fixed, the same for every job. The objective is ∑i∈Jg(Ti)\sum_{i\in J} g(T_i)∑i∈J​g(Ti​), and a schedule is optimal if no schedule of JJJ has a smaller objective. With g(T)=Tg(T)=Tg(T)=T this is total tardiness.

Where the paper uses job indices, the jobs are indexed in SPT order: j<kj<kj<k implies pj<pkp_j<p_kpj​<pk​, or pj=pkp_j=p_kpj​=pk​ and dj≤dkd_j\le d_kdj​≤dk​. The notation j←kj\leftarrow kj←k means that some optimal schedule has JjJ_jJj​ before JkJ_kJk​; for a set AkA_kAk​ of jobs, k←Akk\leftarrow A_kk←Ak​ means that some optimal schedule has JkJ_kJk​ before every job of AkA_kAk​, and Ak′A_k'Ak′​ is the set of jobs of JJJ not in AkA_kAk​. An EDD schedule sequences the jobs in nondecreasing order of due dates.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 2.2* (p. 713)

If an EDD schedule lll of JJJ satisfies

Wi≤difor every i∈J,W_i\le d_i\qquad\text{for every } i\in J,Wi​≤di​for every i∈J,

then lll minimises ∑Jg(Ti)\sum_J g(T_i)∑J​g(Ti​) over all schedules of JJJ, for every ggg convex and nondecreasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞).

The goal fixes no constant and no particular ggg: it is a statement about the whole class of convex nondecreasing penalties.

Milestones (in attack order)

  1. Convex exchange condition (p. 713): if Tja≤TjbT_{ja}\le T_{jb}Tja​≤Tjb​, Tkb≤TkaT_{kb}\le T_{ka}Tkb​≤Tka​ (all nonnegative), Tka−Tkb≤Tjb−TjaT_{ka}-T_{kb}\le T_{jb}-T_{ja}Tka​−Tkb​≤Tjb​−Tja​ and Tjb≥TkaT_{jb}\ge T_{ka}Tjb​≥Tka​, then g(Tka)−g(Tkb)≤g(Tjb)−g(Tja)g(T_{ka})-g(T_{kb})\le g(T_{jb})-g(T_{ja})g(Tka​)−g(Tkb​)≤g(Tjb​)−g(Tja​).
  2. Theorem 1* (p. 713): for j<kj<kj<k, if dj≤dkd_j\le d_kdj​≤dk​ then j←kj\leftarrow kj←k.
  3. Theorem 2* (p. 713): for j<kj<kj<k, if k←Akk\leftarrow A_kk←Ak​, dj>dkd_j>d_kdj​>dk​ and dj+pj≥∑Ak′pid_j+p_j\ge\sum_{A_k'}p_idj​+pj​≥∑Ak′​​pi​, then k←jk\leftarrow jk←j.
  4. Corollary 2.1* (p. 713): if dj=max⁡idid_j=\max_i d_idj​=maxi​di​ and dj+pj≥∑Jpid_j+p_j\ge\sum_J p_idj​+pj​≥∑J​pi​, then some optimal schedule ends with JjJ_jJj​.
  5. Last-job reduction (proof of Corollary 2.2, p. 706): if some optimal schedule ends with JjJ_jJj​, any optimal schedule of J∖{Jj}J\setminus\{J_j\}J∖{Jj​} followed by JjJ_jJj​ is optimal for JJJ.

Two further statements of the same section are included as items: Corollary 1.3* (the SPT schedule is optimal if it coincides with the EDD schedule) and Theorem 3 for the generalised objective.

Significance

The goal says that EDD is optimal for every convex nondecreasing tardiness penalty as long as no job starts after its due date. The classical sufficient condition, that at most one job is tardy, follows from Jackson's rule; Emmons's condition allows any or all jobs to be tardy, provided each is tardy by at most its own processing time. Because the conclusion holds for the whole class of penalties at once, an instance satisfying it needs no knowledge of ggg: total tardiness, total squared tardiness, and any other convex nondecreasing cost are minimised by the same sequence. Theorems 1* and 2* are the dominance rules that the paper's ordering procedure applies pairwise; they reduce the search space of branch-and-bound methods for convex tardiness objectives.

The results are proved in the paper (for ∑g(Ti)\sum g(T_i)∑g(Ti​) the proofs are said to be "easily established" and omitted). None of them has, to our knowledge, a machine-checked proof. The mission produces formal statements and proofs of the generalised results, including the omitted ones, on top of a reusable single-machine model.

Difficulty

The total-tardiness proofs compare changes in tardiness additively: an interchange is good if the decrease in one job's tardiness is at least the increase in another's. For a convex ggg this comparison is not enough, because a unit of tardiness costs more at higher tardiness levels; the changes must also occur at the right height on the curve, and part (b) of the proof of Theorem 1 fails for this reason. Each generalised argument therefore has to check, for every job whose tardiness changes, both the size and the location of the change, including jobs whose tardiness changes from zero to positive. Ties for the latest due date are a further obstacle: the printed proof of Corollary 2.1 cites Theorem 2, whose hypothesis dj>dkd_j>d_kdj​>dk​ is strict, so a job sharing the maximum due date is not covered by the argument as written, although the corollary is stated without excluding ties.

Formalization scope

Jobs are elements of a type ι\iotaι; the job set is a Finset JJJ, processing times and due dates are real functions p,d:ι→Rp,d:\iota\to\mathbb Rp,d:ι→R. Where the paper's index matters, ι\iotaι is linearly ordered and its order is the job index, together with the SPT-indexing hypothesis. A schedule is a duplicate-free list whose elements are exactly JJJ, and completion times are the published single-machine definition MooreLateJobs.Shared.completionTime (Moore 1968), which starts the machine at time 000 with no idle time. Optimality is against every schedule of JJJ. The relation j←kj\leftarrow kj←k is formalised as the existence of an optimal schedule with JjJ_jJj​ before JkJ_kJk​ (keeping the premise k←Akk\leftarrow A_kk←Ak​ in the conclusion where the theorem has one); the paper's cumulative reading of the notation is not formalised.

Standing assumptions and deviations:

  • ggg is convex and nondecreasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) only; the page's "increasing" is read as nondecreasing, as in the abstract. No smoothness, strict monotonicity or g(0)=0g(0)=0g(0)=0 is assumed.
  • Processing times are assumed nonnegative; this is added (they are durations).
  • The reduction di<∑Jpid_i<\sum_J p_idi​<∑J​pi​ of p. 703 is not assumed, which makes the statements apply to more instances.
  • "The EDD schedule" is any schedule with nondecreasing due dates; ties are arbitrary.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal requires optimality of the given EDD list against every schedule of JJJ, not of some EDD list, and a sorry-free check shows its hypotheses hold on a two-job instance in which both jobs are tardy.

A complete development needs list lemmas for moving one job to a later position, the effect of such moves on completion times, and slope inequalities for convex functions on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The schedule-manipulation lemmas are reusable for other single-machine sequencing results. Proofs of any milestone, of the two further items, and of general interchange lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Emmons, One-Machine Sequencing to Minimize Certain Functions of Job Tardiness, Operations Research 17(4):701–715, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.17.4.701
  • J. R. Jackson, Scheduling a Production Line to Minimize Maximum Tardiness, Research Report 43, Management Science Research Project, UCLA, 1955.
  • W. E. Smith, Various Optimizers for Single-Stage Production, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 3:59–66, 1956. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800030106
  • E. L. Lawler, A "Pseudopolynomial" Algorithm for Sequencing Jobs to Minimize Total Tardiness, Annals of Discrete Mathematics 1:331–342, 1977. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-5060(08)70742-8
  • J. M. Moore, An n Job, One Machine Sequencing Algorithm for Minimizing the Number of Late Jobs, Management Science 15(1):102–109, 1968. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.1.102
  • J. Du and J. Y.-T. Leung, Minimizing Total Tardiness on One Machine is NP-Hard, Mathematics of Operations Research 15(3):483–495, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.15.3.483
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Secretary Problems: Weights and Discounts 5: A 3e-Competitive Algorithm for the Graphic Matroid Secretary ProblemResearch Paper

Motivation

In the secretary problem, nnn items with nonnegative values arrive one at a time in a uniformly random order, and an online algorithm must decide on each arrival, irrevocably, whether to keep it. The classical version keeps one item; the rule that observes a 1/e1/e1/e fraction of the arrivals and then takes the first item better than everything seen picks the best item with probability at least 1/e1/e1/e (Ferguson 1989).

Babaioff, Immorlica and Kleinberg (SODA 2007; journal version J. ACM 2018) introduced the matroid secretary problem: the kept set must be independent in a known matroid. It models online auctions in which the feasible sets of winners have matroid structure, for example hiring along the edges of a network without closing a cycle. They gave a 161616-competitive algorithm when the matroid is graphic, i.e. the items are the edges of a graph and a set is feasible when it contains no cycle.

Timeline for graphic matroids:

  • 2007, Babaioff–Immorlica–Kleinberg: 161616-competitive.
  • 2009, Babaioff–Dinitz–Gupta–Immorlica–Talwar (SODA 2009, Theorem 1.5): 3e≈8.153e\approx 8.153e≈8.15-competitive, through a random reduction to partition matroids. This mission formalizes that result.
  • 2009, Korula–Pál (ICALP 2009): 2e2e2e-competitive, by a different reduction.

Setting

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be a finite simple graph. Each edge eee has a value v(e)≥0v(e)\ge 0v(e)≥0. A set S⊆ES\subseteq ES⊆E is independent in the graphic matroid of GGG if the graph (V,S)(V,S)(V,S) has no cycle. The offline optimum is

OPT(G,v)=max⁡{∑e∈Sv(e):S⊆E acyclic}.\mathrm{OPT}(G,v)=\max\Big\{\sum_{e\in S}v(e): S\subseteq E\ \text{acyclic}\Big\}.OPT(G,v)=max{e∈S∑​v(e):S⊆E acyclic}.

The edges arrive in a uniformly random order. An algorithm sees each edge and its value on arrival and decides at once whether to select it. The selected set must be acyclic. The algorithm is α\alphaα-competitive if OPT(G,v)≤α⋅E[value of the selected set]\mathrm{OPT}(G,v)\le\alpha\cdot\mathbb E[\text{value of the selected set}]OPT(G,v)≤α⋅E[value of the selected set] for every GGG and every v≥0v\ge 0v≥0.

A partition matroid on a subset U′⊆EU'\subseteq EU′⊆E is given by a family PPP of nonempty, pairwise disjoint parts with union U′U'U′: a set is independent when it lies in U′U'U′ and meets each part at most once. Its max-weight base has value val(P,v)=∑p∈Pmax⁡e∈pv(e)\mathrm{val}(P,v)=\sum_{p\in P}\max_{e\in p}v(e)val(P,v)=∑p∈P​maxe∈p​v(e).

Definition 5.1. A random partition μ\muμ (a probability distribution on such families, chosen from GGG alone) is an α\alphaα-partition scheme if every partition in its support has only acyclic independent sets, and for every v≥0v\ge 0v≥0,

OPT(G,v)≤α⋅EP∼μ[val(P,v)].\mathrm{OPT}(G,v)\le \alpha\cdot\mathbb E_{P\sim\mu}[\mathrm{val}(P,v)].OPT(G,v)≤α⋅EP∼μ​[val(P,v)].

The random partition of Lemma 5.3. Pick an edge {u,w}\{u,w\}{u,w} uniformly at random. With probability 12\tfrac1221​ colour uuu red and www blue, otherwise the reverse. Colour every other vertex red or blue independently with probability 12\tfrac1221​. Each red vertex xxx gets a part: the red-blue edges at xxx. Then repeat on the edges with both endpoints blue, with fresh randomness.

The algorithm. Draw the partition, let the edges arrive, and on each part run the classical secretary rule on that part's arrivals. Output all selected edges.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.5

For every finite simple graph GGG and every v≥0v\ge 0v≥0:

  1. every possible output of the algorithm is an acyclic set of edges of GGG;
OPT(G,v)≤3e⋅E[ALG].\mathrm{OPT}(G,v)\le 3e\cdot\mathbb E[\mathrm{ALG}].OPT(G,v)≤3e⋅E[ALG].

Part 1 is needed for the statement to have content: an algorithm that selects every edge would otherwise satisfy part 2.

Milestones

  • Section 2, p. 4. On m≥1m\ge1m≥1 arrivals, the classical rule selects the maximum with probability at least 1/e1/e1/e.
  • Theorem 5.4, first clause. For a fixed partition PPP, the per-part rule outputs a set independent in the partition matroid, and val(P,v)≤e⋅Eπ[ALG]\mathrm{val}(P,v)\le e\cdot\mathbb E_\pi[\mathrm{ALG}]val(P,v)≤e⋅Eπ​[ALG].
  • Lemma 5.3, independence. Every partition the random construction can produce is a partition matroid on a subset of EEE, and each of its independent sets is a forest.
  • Lemma 5.3. The construction is a 333-partition scheme.
  • Section 5, p. 10. Any α\alphaα-partition scheme for a graphic matroid, combined with the per-part rule, gives a feasible, eαe\alphaeα-competitive algorithm.

Significance

The theorem shows that the graphic matroid secretary problem admits a constant-competitive algorithm with a small explicit constant. It does so through a reduction: a random partition matroid that is feasible for the original matroid and loses only a constant factor in expectation. The reduction separates the combinatorics (Lemma 5.3) from the online part (Theorem 5.4). The same framework gives algorithms for uniform and transversal matroids and for the weighted and discounted variants on any matroid with an α\alphaα-partition property.

The result is proved in the paper; it has not been formalized. The mission contributes a machine-checked version of the reduction, a formal treatment of a recursively defined random partition, and the classical secretary bound in a reusable finite form. The constant 3e3e3e is not the best known for graphic matroids (Korula–Pál improve it to 2e2e2e), so the formal goal is this algorithm's guarantee, not the best possible ratio.

Difficulty

The online half is routine once the classical bound is available: the relative order of the edges in each part is uniform, and the parts are disjoint. The difficulty is Lemma 5.3. The natural idea of using a fixed optimal forest to build the partition is ruled out because the partition must be chosen before the values are seen. The expectation bound must therefore hold for every valuation at once, for a law that depends on the graph only. The construction is recursive and random: its expected value is not a closed-form sum, and any bound has to be carried through the random sequence of blue-blue subgraphs. Feasibility needs an invariant across rounds: the parts created later live inside the blue-blue edges of every earlier round.

Formalization scope

  • Graph. A SimpleGraph on a Fintype vertex type with decidable adjacency. The edges are G.edgeFinset, and acyclicity of SSS is (SimpleGraph.fromEdgeSet S).IsAcyclic. Multigraphs are not covered.
  • Values. Values are a real function v : Sym2 V → ℝ with ∀ e, 0 ≤ v e; only the values on edges matter.
  • OPT is a Finset.sup' over acyclic subsets of the edge set. A partition is a finite family of nonempty, pairwise disjoint parts inside the edge set. Its max-weight base value is the sum of the part maxima.
  • Random partition. A PMF defined by well-founded recursion on the number of edges. Empty parts are dropped, and edges with two red endpoints are discarded.
  • Random order. The edges are numbered by a fixed enumeration. An arrival order is a permutation of the numbers, and expectation over the order is the average over all ∣E∣!|E|!∣E∣! permutations.
  • Classical rule. It samples ⌊m/e⌋\lfloor m/e\rfloor⌊m/e⌋ arrivals of a part with mmm edges. Ties are broken by preferring the smaller edge number among equal values.
  • Constants. Competitiveness is multiplicative (OPT≤3e⋅E[ALG]\mathrm{OPT}\le 3e\cdot\mathbb E[\mathrm{ALG}]OPT≤3e⋅E[ALG]), so a zero expectation is not a loophole.
  • Ruling out trivial formalizations. In Definition 5.1 the random partition is fixed before the valuation, and the independence requirement holds for every partition in its support. A partition allowed to depend on vvv would make every matroid 111-partitionable.

A complete development needs the classical secretary bound in finite form, the uniformity of induced sub-orders of a uniform permutation, expectations of PMF.bind along a well-founded recursion, and facts about forests in SimpleGraph. The first two, and a general graphic-matroid layer, are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, alternative proofs of Lemma 5.3, and extensions to the uniform and transversal cases of Theorem 5.2 are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Babaioff, M. Dinitz, A. Gupta, N. Immorlica, K. Talwar, Secretary Problems: Weights and Discounts, Proc. 20th ACM-SIAM Symposium on Discrete Algorithms (SODA), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611973068.135
  • M. Babaioff, N. Immorlica, R. Kleinberg, Matroids, secretary problems, and online mechanisms, SODA 2007, pp. 434–443. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/1283383.1283429
  • M. Babaioff, N. Immorlica, D. Kempe, R. Kleinberg, Matroid Secretary Problems, Journal of the ACM 65(6), 2018. https://doi.org/10.1145/3212512
  • N. Korula, M. Pál, Algorithms for Secretary Problems on Graphs and Hypergraphs, ICALP 2009, LNCS 5556. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02930-1_42
  • T. S. Ferguson, Who solved the secretary problem?, Statistical Science 4(3), 1989. https://doi.org/10.1214/ss/1177012493
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryConvex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Consensus of Subjective Probabilities: The Pari-Mutuel Method: Equilibrium Track Probabilities Exist and Are UniqueResearch Paper

Motivation

A group of mmm individuals each hold a subjective probability distribution over the same nnn outcomes, and one wants a single distribution representing their consensus. Averaging and convolution are the obvious candidates. Eisenberg and Gale (Ann. Math. Statist. 30(1), 1959) observe that a real institution already performs such an aggregation: the pari-mutuel method of betting on horse races, in which the final "track's odds" on a horse are proportional to the total amount bet on it.

The difficulty is circular. Each bettor wants to bet where the ratio of their own probability to the track probability is largest, but the track probabilities are only known after everyone has bet. The paper asks whether track probabilities and bets compatible with both the bettors' strategies and the pari-mutuel principle exist, and whether they are determined by the data. It answers yes on both counts for the probabilities, which gives a well-defined notion of pari-mutuel consensus.

The variational problem the paper introduces, maximizing ∑ibilog⁡(utilityi)\sum_i b_i \log(\text{utility}_i)∑i​bi​log(utilityi​), is now known as the Eisenberg–Gale convex program. It is the standard tool for computing equilibria of linear Fisher markets, and the pari-mutuel market is the special case in which every bettor's utility for a horse is their subjective win probability.

Setting

There are mmm bettors B1,…,BmB_1,\dots,B_mB1​,…,Bm​ and nnn horses H1,…,HnH_1,\dots,H_nH1​,…,Hn​.

  • The subjective probability matrix P=(pij)P=(p_{ij})P=(pij​) is m×nm\times nm×n; pijp_{ij}pij​ is the probability, in the opinion of BiB_iBi​, that HjH_jHj​ wins. Each row is a probability distribution: pij≥0p_{ij}\ge 0pij​≥0 and ∑jpij=1\sum_j p_{ij}=1∑j​pij​=1.
  • Bettor BiB_iBi​ has a budget bi>0b_i>0bi​>0, with the unit of money chosen so that ∑ibi=1\sum_i b_i=1∑i​bi​=1.
  • Each column of PPP contains at least one positive entry (a horse nobody believes in can be removed).

Unknowns are Greek. πj\pi_jπj​ is the track probability of HjH_jHj​ and βij\beta_{ij}βij​ is the amount BiB_iBi​ bets on HjH_jHj​. Nonnegative πj,βij\pi_j,\beta_{ij}πj​,βij​ are equilibrium probabilities and bets when

(1) ∑j=1nβij=bi,(2) ∑i=1mβij=πj,(3) if μi=max⁡spisπs and βij>0, then μi=pijπj.\text{(1)}\ \sum_{j=1}^n\beta_{ij}=b_i,\qquad \text{(2)}\ \sum_{i=1}^m\beta_{ij}=\pi_j,\qquad \text{(3)}\ \text{if } \mu_i=\max_s\frac{p_{is}}{\pi_s}\text{ and }\beta_{ij}>0,\text{ then }\mu_i=\frac{p_{ij}}{\pi_j}.(1) j=1∑n​βij​=bi​,(2) i=1∑m​βij​=πj​,(3) if μi​=smax​πs​pis​​ and βij​>0, then μi​=πj​pij​​.

(1) is the budget relation, (2) the pari-mutuel condition, and (3) says each bettor bets only on horses that maximize the subjective expectation pij/πjp_{ij}/\pi_jpij​/πj​.

The paper's variational problem is

φ(ξ)=∑i=1mbilog⁡∑j=1npijξijonD={ξ: ξij≥0, ∑i=1mξij=1 for all j},\varphi(\xi)=\sum_{i=1}^m b_i\log\sum_{j=1}^n p_{ij}\xi_{ij}\quad\text{on}\quad D=\Big\{\xi:\ \xi_{ij}\ge0,\ \sum_{i=1}^m\xi_{ij}=1\ \text{for all } j\Big\},φ(ξ)=i=1∑m​bi​logj=1∑n​pij​ξij​onD={ξ: ξij​≥0, i=1∑m​ξij​=1 for all j},

with φ=−∞\varphi=-\inftyφ=−∞ where an inner sum vanishes. From a maximizer ξˉ\bar\xiξˉ​ it builds πj=max⁡ibipij/∑spisξˉis\pi_j=\max_i b_ip_{ij}/\sum_s p_{is}\bar\xi_{is}πj​=maxi​bi​pij​/∑s​pis​ξˉ​is​ (6) and βij=ξˉijπj\beta_{ij}=\bar\xi_{ij}\pi_jβij​=ξˉ​ij​πj​ (7). In Lean the market is PariMutuel.Consensus.Market m n, equilibrium is Market.IsEquilibrium, and φ\varphiφ, DDD, the maximizer predicate, (6) and (7) are Market.phi, D m n, Market.IsPhiMaximizer, Market.trackProb, Market.bets.

Formalization targets

Goal: existence and uniqueness of equilibrium probabilities

∃! π∈Rn  ∃ β∈Rm×n: (π,β) are equilibrium probabilities and bets.\exists!\,\pi\in\mathbb R^n\ \ \exists\,\beta\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}:\ (\pi,\beta)\ \text{are equilibrium probabilities and bets}.∃!π∈Rn  ∃β∈Rm×n: (π,β) are equilibrium probabilities and bets.

Only π\piπ is unique; the paper notes that equilibrium bets need not be.

Milestones

  1. φ\varphiφ attains its maximum on DDD at a point with every inner sum positive (p. 167).
  2. ∂φ/∂ξij=bipij/∑spisξis\partial\varphi/\partial\xi_{ij}=b_ip_{ij}/\sum_s p_{is}\xi_{is}∂φ/∂ξij​=bi​pij​/∑s​pis​ξis​ wherever the inner sums are positive (p. 167).
  3. (8): at a maximizer, ξˉij>0\bar\xi_{ij}>0ξˉ​ij​>0 implies πj=∂φ/∂ξˉij\pi_j=\partial\varphi/\partial\bar\xi_{ij}πj​=∂φ/∂ξˉ​ij​ (p. 167).
  4. Every πj\pi_jπj​ of (6) is positive (p. 167).
  5. EXISTENCE THEOREM: for every maximizer ξˉ\bar\xiξˉ​, (6)–(7) are equilibrium probabilities and bets (p. 167).
  6. Every equilibrium has πj>0\pi_j>0πj​>0 (p. 168).
  7. For two equilibria, ∑kπˉkπˉk/πk≤1\sum_k\bar\pi_k\bar\pi_k/\pi_k\le 1∑k​πˉk​πˉk​/πk​≤1 (p. 168).
  8. If π>0\pi>0π>0, πˉ≥0\bar\pi\ge0πˉ≥0, both sum to 1 and ∑kπˉk2/πk≤1\sum_k\bar\pi_k^2/\pi_k\le1∑k​πˉk2​/πk​≤1, then πˉ=π\bar\pi=\piπˉ=π (p. 168).
  9. UNIQUENESS THEOREM: equilibrium probabilities are unique (p. 168).

A further, non-milestone item states the referee's example (p. 168): with two bettors of equal budgets and two horses, if the first bettor's distribution is (12,12)(\tfrac12,\tfrac12)(21​,21​), the equilibrium probabilities are (12,12)(\tfrac12,\tfrac12)(21​,21​) whatever the second bettor believes.

Significance

The result makes pari-mutuel odds a well-defined function of the bettors' beliefs and budgets, so the consensus can be studied as a mathematical object; the referee's example shows it behaves very differently from averaging, since a single indifferent bettor can fix it. The existence proof replaces a fixed-point argument by a concave maximization, which is the origin of the Eisenberg–Gale program, later the basis of convex-programming and combinatorial algorithms for Fisher market equilibria.

The theorems are classical and fully proved in the paper. To the knowledge of this mission they have no machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal pari-mutuel market model, the Eisenberg–Gale program with the correct treatment of log⁡0=−∞\log 0=-\inftylog0=−∞, and Lean proofs of existence and uniqueness. The platform's Market Equilibrium under Separable, Piecewise-Linear, Concave Utilities missions (Vazirani–Yannakakis) concern a related Fisher-market model with rational piecewise-linear utilities.

Difficulty

The existence statement, as the paper proves it, has two delicate points. φ\varphiφ is −∞-\infty−∞ on part of the boundary of DDD, so "continuous on a compact set" needs the extended-real reading, and a real-valued formalization must handle the boundary separately. The first-order condition (8) has to be derived from maximality on a polytope with equality constraints on columns, not from an unconstrained critical point.

For uniqueness, the natural first idea, strict concavity of φ\varphiφ, fails: φ\varphiφ is concave but not strictly concave in ξ\xiξ, and indeed equilibrium bets are not unique. Uniqueness has to be proved for the probabilities directly, for arbitrary equilibria and not only those built from a maximizer, and it needs positivity of all πj\pi_jπj​, which the paper uses without proof.

Formalization scope

  • Bettors are Fin m and horses Fin n, indexed from 0. All data are real. Every standing assumption (rows of PPP are probability vectors, no zero column, bi>0b_i>0bi​>0, ∑ibi=1\sum_i b_i=1∑i​bi​=1) is a field of Market; m≥1m\ge1m≥1 follows from ∑ibi=1\sum_ib_i=1∑i​bi​=1.
  • Condition (3) is written multiplied out: βij>0⇒pisπj≤pijπs\beta_{ij}>0\Rightarrow p_{is}\pi_j\le p_{ij}\pi_sβij​>0⇒pis​πj​≤pij​πs​ for all sss. This equals (3) when π>0\pi>0π>0 and encodes the paper's p/0=+∞p/0=+\inftyp/0=+∞ when some πs=0\pi_s=0πs​=0. Positivity of π\piπ is not part of the definition of equilibrium; it is milestone 6.
  • DDD has column sums one, as in (5).
  • φ\varphiφ is real-valued. A maximizer is a point of DDD with positive inner sums that dominates every point of DDD with positive inner sums; the excluded points have φ=−∞\varphi=-\inftyφ=−∞ on the page. The max in (6) is Finset.sup' over the nonempty set of bettors.
  • Ruled out: a version of (3) with real division (x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0) admits spurious equilibria with πs=0\pi_s=0πs​=0 and makes uniqueness false; a maximizer defined with the raw real φ\varphiφ (log⁡0=0\log0=0log0=0) changes the set of maximizers; adding π>0\pi>0π>0 or ∑jπj=1\sum_j\pi_j=1∑j​πj​=1 to the equilibrium definition weakens the goal.
  • Needed infrastructure: compactness of DDD and an argument handling the −∞-\infty−∞ boundary, one-variable derivatives of log⁡\loglog of linear forms, and the equality case of the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality. Milestones 7–9 use no analysis and can be attacked independently of 1–5. Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on the Eisenberg–Gale program, are welcome.

Selected references

  • E. Eisenberg and D. Gale, Consensus of subjective probabilities: the pari-mutuel method, The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 30(1):165–168, 1959. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177706369
  • V. V. Vazirani and M. Yannakakis, Market equilibrium under separable, piecewise-linear, concave utilities, Journal of the ACM 58(3), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1145/1970392.1970394
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Analysis of Thompson Sampling for the Multi-armed Bandit Problem 2: Logarithmic Regret for N ArmsResearch Paper

Motivation

Thompson Sampling is the oldest heuristic for the multi-armed bandit problem: proposed by Thompson in 1933, it plays each arm with the posterior probability that the arm is the best one. It is simple to implement, performs well empirically (Chapelle and Li, NIPS 2011), and has been used in production systems such as click-through-rate prediction for search advertising. For a long time, however, no finite-time regret guarantee was known for it: the analyses available before 2012 gave only o(T)o(T)o(T) regret.

Agrawal and Goyal (arXiv:1111.1797, COLT 2012) gave the first logarithmic bounds on the expected regret of Thompson Sampling. This mission formalizes their bound for the general case of NNN arms (their Theorem 2). A companion mission of the same series formalizes their two-armed bound (Theorem 1), whose proof is independent.

Timeline. Lai and Robbins (1985) proved that every consistent algorithm has regret at least of order ∑iΔiD(μi∥μ1)ln⁡T\sum_i \frac{\Delta_i}{D(\mu_i\|\mu_1)}\ln T∑i​D(μi​∥μ1​)Δi​​lnT. Auer, Cesa-Bianchi and Fischer (2002) showed that UCB1 achieves O(∑iln⁡T/Δi)O(\sum_i \ln T/\Delta_i)O(∑i​lnT/Δi​) in finite time. Agrawal and Goyal (2012) proved O((∑a1/Δa2)2ln⁡T)O((\sum_a 1/\Delta_a^2)^2\ln T)O((∑a​1/Δa2​)2lnT) for Thompson Sampling with NNN arms; Kaufmann, Korda and Munos (2012) and Agrawal and Goyal (2013) later proved the asymptotically optimal constant for Bernoulli rewards.

Setting

A stochastic NNN-armed bandit has arms 1,…,N1,\dots,N1,…,N. Arm iii, when played, yields a random reward drawn from a fixed distribution νi\nu_iνi​ supported in [0,1][0,1][0,1], with mean μi\mu_iμi​; rewards of an arm are i.i.d. and independent of the other arms. Arm 111 is assumed to be the unique optimal arm, μ1>μi\mu_1>\mu_iμ1​>μi​ for i≠1i\ne1i=1, and Δi=μ1−μi>0\Delta_i=\mu_1-\mu_i>0Δi​=μ1​−μi​>0 is the gap of arm iii.

Thompson Sampling for general stochastic bandits (Algorithm 2 of the paper) keeps, for each arm iii, a count SiS_iSi​ of successes and FiF_iFi​ of failures, both starting at 000. In each round ttt it draws θi(t)∼Beta(Si+1,Fi+1)\theta_i(t)\sim\mathrm{Beta}(S_i+1,F_i+1)θi​(t)∼Beta(Si​+1,Fi​+1) independently for every arm, plays i(t)=arg⁡max⁡iθi(t)i(t)=\arg\max_i\theta_i(t)i(t)=argmaxi​θi​(t), observes a reward r~t∼νi(t)\tilde r_t\sim\nu_{i(t)}r~t​∼νi(t)​, performs a Bernoulli trial with success probability r~t\tilde r_tr~t​, and increments Si(t)S_{i(t)}Si(t)​ on success and Fi(t)F_{i(t)}Fi(t)​ on failure.

The expected regret in time TTT is

E[R(T)]=E[∑t=1T(μ∗−μi(t))],μ∗=max⁡iμi,\mathbb E[\mathcal R(T)]=\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{t=1}^T(\mu^*-\mu_{i(t)})\Big],\qquad \mu^*=\max_i\mu_i,E[R(T)]=E[t=1∑T​(μ∗−μi(t)​)],μ∗=imax​μi​,

the expectation being over the rewards, the Bernoulli trials and the posterior samples.

The proof works with the reward stacks Zi,mZ_{i,m}Zi,m​: the outcome of the mmm-th Bernoulli trial of arm iii, all independent. Then s(j)=∑m≤jZ1,ms(j)=\sum_{m\le j}Z_{1,m}s(j)=∑m≤j​Z1,m​, the number of successes in the first jjj plays of arm 111, is a Binomial(j,μ1)\mathrm{Binomial}(j,\mu_1)Binomial(j,μ1​) random variable. The other objects of the proof are the threshold Li=24ln⁡T/Δi2L_i=24\ln T/\Delta_i^2Li​=24lnT/Δi2​, the saturated set C(t)C(t)C(t) of suboptimal arms with at least LiL_iLi​ plays before round ttt, the intervals IjI_jIj​ between the jjj-th and (j+1)(j+1)(j+1)-th plays of arm 111, and the counts γj\gamma_jγj​ and Vjℓ,aV_j^{\ell,a}Vjℓ,a​ defined in §4.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

There is an absolute constant C>0C>0C>0 such that for every N≥2N\ge2N≥2, every instance as above and every horizon T≥2T\ge2T≥2,

E[R(T)]≤C(∑a=2N1Δa2)2ln⁡T.\mathbb E[\mathcal R(T)]\le C\Big(\sum_{a=2}^N\frac{1}{\Delta_a^2}\Big)^2\ln T .E[R(T)]≤C(a=2∑N​Δa2​1​)2lnT.

CCC does not depend on NNN, on the reward distributions or on TTT.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4: with E(t)E(t)E(t) the event that every saturated arm's sample lies within Δi/2\Delta_i/2Δi​/2 of its mean, Pr⁡(E(t))≥1−4(N−1)/T2\Pr(E(t))\ge1-4(N-1)/T^2Pr(E(t))≥1−4(N−1)/T2, also conditionally on s(j)=ss(j)=ss(j)=s.
  2. Lemma 5 (Eq. (7)): the expected regret from saturated arms inside IjI_jIj​ is at most E[E[γj+1∣s(j)]∑aΔaE[min⁡{X(j,s(j),μa+Δa/2),T}∣s(j)]]\mathbb E\big[\mathbb E[\gamma_j+1\mid s(j)]\sum_a\Delta_a\mathbb E[\min\{X(j,s(j),\mu_a+\Delta_a/2),T\}\mid s(j)]\big]E[E[γj​+1∣s(j)]∑a​Δa​E[min{X(j,s(j),μa​+Δa​/2),T}∣s(j)]].
  3. Lemma 1: E[X(j,s,y)]=1/Fj+1,yB(s)−1\mathbb E[X(j,s,y)]=1/F^B_{j+1,y}(s)-1E[X(j,s,y)]=1/Fj+1,yB​(s)−1, where X(j,s,y)X(j,s,y)X(j,s,y) counts the trials before an independent Beta(s+1,j−s+1)\mathrm{Beta}(s+1,j-s+1)Beta(s+1,j−s+1) sample exceeds yyy.
  4. Lemma 3: a three-case bound on E[E[min⁡{X(j,s(j),y),T}∣s(j)]]\mathbb E[\mathbb E[\min\{X(j,s(j),y),T\}\mid s(j)]]E[E[min{X(j,s(j),y),T}∣s(j)]] in terms of the Bernoulli KL divergence DDD between yyy and μ1\mu_1μ1​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 shows that Thompson Sampling, a randomized Bayesian heuristic, achieves regret logarithmic in the horizon for any number of arms with bounded rewards, matching the order in TTT of the Lai–Robbins lower bound. Its dependence on the gaps, (∑aΔa−2)2(\sum_a\Delta_a^{-2})^2(∑a​Δa−2​)2, is worse than UCB1's; the paper's own Remark 1 and later work improve it. The proof introduced the device of bounding the waiting time between plays of the optimal arm through geometric variables with Beta-cdf parameters (Lemmas 1 and 3), which reappears in later analyses of Thompson Sampling.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; it has not been machine-checked. Bandit theory in Lean (bandit environments, regret, UCB-type analyses) is still young, and no Beta–Bernoulli Thompson Sampling result is formalized. The mission produces a Lean model of Algorithm 2 for general [0,1][0,1][0,1] rewards with the paper's stack coupling, the §4 bookkeeping of saturated arms and intervals, and the paper's lemmas as separate targets.

Difficulty

Two difficulties are specific to the NNN-armed analysis. First, the arm that competes with arm 111 changes over time: the set of saturated arms grows, and which saturated arm is "best" depends on the history, so the waiting time between plays of arm 111 cannot be compared with a single geometric variable as in the two-armed case. Second, the number γj\gamma_jγj​ of rounds at which arm 111's sample is large but arm 111 is not played is not independent of the counts Vjℓ,aV_j^{\ell,a}Vjℓ,a​: both depend on the same posterior samples, and Lemma 5 needs a careful conditioning on the history to separate them. The obvious union bound over arms, treating each suboptimal arm as in the two-armed proof, fails because it ignores the interruptions by unsaturated arms, whose number is the source of the squared sum in the bound.

Formalization scope

  • Probability space. Algorithm 2 is realized on a product of three independent i.i.d. tables: Beta draws indexed by (arm, round, successes, failures), rewards indexed by (arm, round) and uniform variables indexed by (arm, round); the Bernoulli trial of a round succeeds when the played arm's uniform variable is below its reward. The law of the run is that of Algorithm 2, which runs for every round t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,…. s(j)s(j)s(j) is the number of successful trials among the first jjj plays of arm 111 in this infinite run (possibly after the horizon TTT), so it is a Binomial(j,μ1)\mathrm{Binomial}(j,\mu_1)Binomial(j,μ1​) random variable for every jjj, as the paper's independent Z1,mZ_{1,m}Z1,m​ make it. Ties in the arg max (probability 000) go to the smallest index.
  • Indexing. Arms are Fin N, and Lean arm 0 is the paper's arm 111. Rounds are 0,…,T−10,\dots,T-10,…,T−1; Lean round ttt is the paper's round t+1t+1t+1. Sums over a=2,…,Na=2,\dots,Na=2,…,N are sums over a≠0a\ne0a=0.
  • Expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], which has no junk value for non-integrable functions. Conditional expectations given s(j)s(j)s(j) are written as finite sums over the values of s(j)s(j)s(j).
  • The O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅). The paper writes O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) in the sense of its footnote 1 (f(n)≤c g(n)f(n)\le c\,g(n)f(n)≤cg(n) for n≥n0n\ge n_0n≥n0​). The goal states it with one universal constant CCC, quantified before NNN, the instance and TTT, for every T≥2T\ge2T≥2. The explicit constants printed in App. D are not formalized: expanding the paper's Eq. (21) gives terms 288(N−1)(ln⁡T)∑aΔa−2288(N-1)(\ln T)\sum_a\Delta_a^{-2}288(N−1)(lnT)∑a​Δa−2​ and 48(N−1)248(N-1)^248(N−1)2 where the paper prints 288(ln⁡T)∑iΔi−2288(\ln T)\sum_i\Delta_i^{-2}288(lnT)∑i​Δi−2​, and Eq. (22) drops a factor ln⁡T\ln TlnT in its 192/Δa2192/\Delta_a^2192/Δa2​ term. The O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) claim does not depend on these slips; a statement pinned to the printed numerals might be false.
  • Ruled out. A constant depending on NNN, on the means or on TTT; a fixed number of arms; Bernoulli rewards only; or any algorithm other than Algorithm 2 would each make the goal a different and weaker theorem. The statement quantifies over all N≥2N\ge2N≥2 and all reward distributions on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • Not included. Eq. (8), the bound ∑jE[γj∣s(j)]≤∑uLu+4(N−1)\sum_{j}\mathbb E[\gamma_j\mid s(j)]\le\sum_uL_u+4(N-1)∑j​E[γj​∣s(j)]≤∑u​Lu​+4(N−1) "for all instantiations", is not a milestone: each term is conditioned on a different s(j)s(j)s(j), and the pointwise reading does not follow from the argument given. Remark 1 (an alternate bound) and App. A (several optimal arms) are not part of this mission.
  • Contributions welcome: Beta–Binomial identities, geometric waiting times, Hoeffding bounds for binomial cdfs, and the stopping-time arguments behind Lemma 5. Lemma 1 and Lemma 3 are shared with the two-armed mission of this series.

Selected references

  • S. Agrawal and N. Goyal, Analysis of Thompson Sampling for the Multi-armed Bandit Problem, COLT 2012; arXiv:1111.1797v3, 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1111.1797
  • W. R. Thompson, On the likelihood that one unknown probability exceeds another in view of the evidence of two samples, Biometrika 25, 1933. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/25.3-4.285
  • T. L. Lai and H. Robbins, Asymptotically efficient adaptive allocation rules, Advances in Applied Mathematics 6, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-8858(85)90002-8
  • P. Auer, N. Cesa-Bianchi and P. Fischer, Finite-time analysis of the multiarmed bandit problem, Machine Learning 47, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1013689704352
  • O. Chapelle and L. Li, An empirical evaluation of Thompson Sampling, NIPS 2011. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/4321-an-empirical-evaluation-of-thompson-sampling
  • E. Kaufmann, N. Korda and R. Munos, Thompson Sampling: an asymptotically optimal finite-time analysis, ALT 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1205.4217
  • S. Agrawal and N. Goyal, Further optimal regret bounds for Thompson Sampling, AISTATS 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1209.3353
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov Chain·Captain: mikedeng1

Discrete Dynamic Programming 1: Every Finite Markov Decision Problem Has a Stationary Policy That Is Optimal for All Discount Factors Sufficiently Near 1Research Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision problem models a system that is observed once per period and controlled by choosing an action: the action earns an immediate income and determines the probabilities of the next state. Inventory control, machine replacement, queue admission and many reinforcement-learning benchmarks are of this form. With future income discounted by a factor β<1\beta<1β<1, Howard (Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, 1960) showed how to compute an optimal policy by policy improvement. The undiscounted problem (β=1\beta=1β=1) is harder, because total income is typically infinite.

David Blackwell's Discrete Dynamic Programming (Ann. Math. Statist. 33 (1962) 719–726) treats β=1\beta=1β=1 as a limit of β<1\beta<1β<1. Its Theorem 5 shows that some stationary policy is optimal simultaneously for all discount factors sufficiently close to 111. Such policies are now called Blackwell optimal, and the result is the base of sensitive discount optimality (Veinott, 1969) and of the standard textbook treatment of average-reward problems (Puterman, Markov Decision Processes, 1994, Ch. 10).

Timeline. Howard (1960): policy iteration for discounted and average-reward finite problems. Blackwell (1962): Theorem 5 (Blackwell optimal stationary policies exist) and the characterization of nearly optimal stationary policies (Theorem 4, the subject of the companion mission). Miller and Veinott (Ann. Math. Statist. 40 (1969) 366–370), Veinott (Ann. Math. Statist. 40 (1969) 1635–1660): Laurent expansions of VβV_\betaVβ​ in 1−β1-\beta1−β and nnn-discount optimality.

Setting

There are finitely many states sss and a finite set AAA of actions, every action available in every state. In state sss, action aaa yields income i(s,a)∈Ri(s,a)\in\mathbb Ri(s,a)∈R (any sign) and moves the system to state s′s's′ with probability q(s′∣s,a)q(s'\mid s,a)q(s′∣s,a); each q(⋅∣s,a)q(\cdot\mid s,a)q(⋅∣s,a) is a probability vector.

A decision rule is a function fff from states to actions; FFF is the finite set of decision rules. A policy is a sequence π={fn, n=1,2,… }\pi=\{f_n,\ n=1,2,\dots\}π={fn​, n=1,2,…} in FFF: on day nnn, in state sss, action fn(s)f_n(s)fn​(s) is used. Policies are deterministic and Markov but may change with time. The policy (f,π)(f,\pi)(f,π) uses fff on day 111 and then follows π\piπ; f(∞)f^{(\infty)}f(∞) uses fff every day and is called stationary.

For f∈Ff\in Ff∈F, r(f)r(f)r(f) is the vector (i(s,f(s)))s(i(s,f(s)))_s(i(s,f(s)))s​ and Q(f)Q(f)Q(f) the Markov matrix (q(s′∣s,f(s)))s,s′(q(s'\mid s,f(s)))_{s,s'}(q(s′∣s,f(s)))s,s′​. With Q0(π)=IQ_0(\pi)=IQ0​(π)=I and Qn(π)=Q(f1)⋯Q(fn)Q_n(\pi)=Q(f_1)\cdots Q(f_n)Qn​(π)=Q(f1​)⋯Q(fn​), the return of π\piπ at discount factor 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1 is

Vβ(π)=∑n=0∞βn Qn(π) r(fn+1),V_\beta(\pi)=\sum_{n=0}^\infty \beta^n\,Q_n(\pi)\,r(f_{n+1}),Vβ​(π)=n=0∑∞​βnQn​(π)r(fn+1​),

a vector indexed by the initial state. Vectors are compared coordinatewise; w1>w2w_1>w_2w1​>w2​ means w1≥w2w_1\ge w_2w1​≥w2​ and w1≠w2w_1\ne w_2w1​=w2​.

A policy π∗\pi^*π∗ is β\betaβ-optimal if Vβ(π∗)≥Vβ(π)V_\beta(\pi^*)\ge V_\beta(\pi)Vβ​(π∗)≥Vβ​(π) for every policy π\piπ. Following §4 of the paper, a policy is optimal if it is β\betaβ-optimal for all β\betaβ sufficiently near 111.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5

There exist a decision rule fff and β0<1\beta_0<1β0​<1 such that

Vβ(f(∞)) ≥ Vβ(π)for all β∈(β0,1) and all policies π.V_\beta(f^{(\infty)})\ \ge\ V_\beta(\pi)\qquad\text{for all }\beta\in(\beta_0,1)\text{ and all policies }\pi.Vβ​(f(∞)) ≥ Vβ​(π)for all β∈(β0​,1) and all policies π.

One fff and one β0\beta_0β0​ serve every competing policy and every β∈(β0,1)\beta\in(\beta_0,1)β∈(β0​,1).

Milestones

  1. The composition rule Vβ(f,π)=L(f)Vβ(π)V_\beta(f,\pi)=L(f)V_\beta(\pi)Vβ​(f,π)=L(f)Vβ​(π), with L(f)w=r(f)+βQ(f)wL(f)w=r(f)+\beta Q(f)wL(f)w=r(f)+βQ(f)w, and its NNN-fold version (§2).
  2. Theorem 1: if Vβ(f,π∗)≤Vβ(π∗)V_\beta(f,\pi^*)\le V_\beta(\pi^*)Vβ​(f,π∗)≤Vβ​(π∗) for all f∈Ff\in Ff∈F, then π∗\pi^*π∗ is β\betaβ-optimal.
  3. Theorem 2: if Vβ(f,π)>Vβ(π)V_\beta(f,\pi)>V_\beta(\pi)Vβ​(f,π)>Vβ​(π) then Vβ(f(∞))>Vβ(π)V_\beta(f^{(\infty)})>V_\beta(\pi)Vβ​(f(∞))>Vβ​(π).
  4. Theorem 3 (policy improvement): if no action improves f(∞)f^{(\infty)}f(∞) by one step, f(∞)f^{(\infty)}f(∞) is β\betaβ-optimal; otherwise switching to improving actions gives g(∞)>f(∞)g^{(\infty)}>f^{(\infty)}g(∞)>f(∞).
  5. Corollary: for each fixed β∈[0,1)\beta\in[0,1)β∈[0,1) some stationary policy is β\betaβ-optimal.
  6. Each coordinate of Vβ(f(∞))V_\beta(f^{(\infty)})Vβ​(f(∞)) is a rational function of β\betaβ on [0,1)[0,1)[0,1) with nonvanishing denominator.
  7. Some f∗f^*f∗ is β\betaβ-optimal for a set of β\betaβ's having 111 as a limit point.
  8. If Vβ(f∗(∞))≥Vβ(g(∞))V_\beta(f^{*(\infty)})\ge V_\beta(g^{(\infty)})Vβ​(f∗(∞))≥Vβ​(g(∞)) for a set of β\betaβ's accumulating at 111, then it holds for all β\betaβ near 111.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5 shows that the infinitely many discounted problems near β=1\beta=1β=1 share a common optimal stationary policy. Such a policy is also optimal for the long-run average criterion, which settles the existence of average-optimal stationary policies in finite models without any recurrence assumption. It also justifies computing undiscounted solutions as limits of discounted ones, and it is the first case of the sensitive optimality criteria developed later.

Formalizing it. The theorem is classical and proved in the paper and in the textbooks; there is no machine-checked proof of it in Blackwell's model on the platform. A related open item, SennottDP.AvgFinite.prop_6_2_3_blackwell_optimal, states the textbook version for nonnegative costs and randomized history-dependent policies; the present mission is Blackwell's own formulation with incomes of either sign and deterministic Markov policies. A complete development also yields a verified policy improvement theorem (Theorem 3) and the rationality of discounted values in β\betaβ, both reusable for any finite-state discounted model.

Difficulty

The Corollary gives, for each β\betaβ, some optimal stationary policy, and FFF is finite, so one f∗f^*f∗ is β\betaβ-optimal for infinitely many β\betaβ accumulating at 111. The obvious argument stops there: optimality on a sequence of β\betaβ's says nothing about the β\betaβ's in between, and a pointwise limit argument cannot produce a whole interval (β0,1)(\beta_0,1)(β0​,1). The step that fails is passing from "frequently" to "eventually", and it needs structural information about how VβV_\betaVβ​ depends on β\betaβ, not just continuity. A second difficulty is the comparison class: optimality must hold against all time-dependent policies, not only the finitely many stationary ones, so the final step has to bring the Corollary back in for every β\betaβ near 111.

Formalization scope

States and actions are finite nonempty Lean types St, Act; decision rules are functions St → Act and policies are sequences ℕ → St → Act, indexed from 000 (π 0 is Blackwell's f1f_1f1​). Incomes are real-valued with no sign restriction. The law of motion law s a s' =q(s′∣s,a)=q(s'\mid s,a)=q(s′∣s,a) satisfies the published predicate IsTransitionKernel. Qn(π)Q_n(\pi)Qn​(π) is the ordered matrix product and Vβ(π)V_\beta(\pi)Vβ​(π) is the tsum of the series, which converges absolutely for 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1; every statement at a fixed β\betaβ assumes 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1, and nothing is stated for β≥1\beta\ge1β≥1. Vector inequalities are coordinatewise, and the strict order is "≥\ge≥ and ≠\ne=", not coordinatewise strict. "β\betaβ sufficiently near 111" is "there is β0<1\beta_0<1β0​<1 such that for every β∈(β0,1)\beta\in(\beta_0,1)β∈(β0​,1)". The paper's §4 phrase Vβ(π)=U(β)V_\beta(\pi)=U(\beta)Vβ​(π)=U(β) is encoded as β\betaβ-optimality, so no supremum over policies appears.

The word "optimal" has two meanings in the paper: at one fixed β\betaβ (§3, the Corollary) and for all β\betaβ near 111 (§4, Theorem 5). The Lean development keeps them apart as IsBetaOptimal β and IsOptimal. A statement of Theorem 5 at a single β\betaβ, with "there exists β\betaβ", for a set of β\betaβ's accumulating at 111, or against stationary policies only would be a different and weaker theorem; the goal rules all of these out.

Needed infrastructure: summation and shifting of the discounted series, Neumann series (I−βQ)−1=∑nβnQn(I-\beta Q)^{-1}=\sum_n\beta^nQ^n(I−βQ)−1=∑n​βnQn for stochastic QQQ, Cramer's rule to express (I−βQ)−1r(I-\beta Q)^{-1}r(I−βQ)−1r as a ratio of polynomials in β\betaβ, and the fact that a nonzero polynomial has finitely many roots. The policy improvement theorem and the rationality lemma are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • D. Blackwell, Discrete Dynamic Programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 33(2):719–726, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704593
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, Technology Press and Wiley, 1960.
  • A. F. Veinott Jr., Discrete Dynamic Programming with Sensitive Discount Optimality Criteria, Ann. Math. Statist. 40(5):1635–1660, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177697379
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999 (Proposition 6.2.3, Blackwell optimality for finite models). https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

The Price of Anarchy of Finite Congestion Games II: For Symmetric Games the Average Social Cost Price of Anarchy Is (5N-2)/(2N+1)Research Paper

Motivation

Selfish routing and resource sharing are modelled by congestion games: each player picks a set of shared resources, and the cost of a resource grows with the number of players using it. The price of anarchy, introduced by Koutsoupias and Papadimitriou (STACS 1999), measures how much worse the social cost of a worst Nash equilibrium is than the optimum. For non-atomic (infinitesimal) traffic with linear latencies, Roughgarden and Tardos (J. ACM 2002) showed the ratio is 4/34/34/3. Christodoulou and Koutsoupias (STOC 2005) turned to finite (atomic, unweighted) congestion games, where each of NNN players controls one indivisible unit of load, and determined the pure price of anarchy for linear latencies in four settings: asymmetric or symmetric strategy sets, and average or maximum social cost. Awerbuch, Azar and Epstein (STOC 2005) obtained the value 5/25/25/2 for the asymmetric average case independently.

This mission covers the symmetric average-cost entry of that table (Sect. 3.2 of the paper). It shows that when all players share one strategy set, the ratio is not 5/25/25/2 but (5N−2)/(2N+1)(5N-2)/(2N+1)(5N−2)/(2N+1), which depends on the number of players and tends to 5/25/25/2 only as N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞.

Setting

A congestion game has a finite set of players N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n} (in Lean, Fin N), a finite set of facilities EEE, for each player iii a collection of pure strategies Σi⊆2E\Sigma_i\subseteq 2^EΣi​⊆2E, and for each facility a latency fe:N→Rf_e:\mathbb N\to\mathbb Rfe​:N→R. A profile A=(A1,…,An)A=(A_1,\dots,A_n)A=(A1​,…,An​) picks Ai∈ΣiA_i\in\Sigma_iAi​∈Σi​ for each player (IsProfile). The load ne(A)n_e(A)ne​(A) is the number of players whose strategy contains eee (load), the cost of player iii is

ci(A)=∑e∈Aife(ne(A))c_i(A)=\sum_{e\in A_i} f_e\bigl(n_e(A)\bigr)ci​(A)=e∈Ai​∑​fe​(ne​(A))

(cost), and the social cost is SUM(A)=∑ici(A)\mathrm{SUM}(A)=\sum_i c_i(A)SUM(A)=∑i​ci​(A) (sumCost), NNN times the average cost. A profile AAA is a pure Nash equilibrium (IsPureNash) if ci(A)≤ci(A−i,S)c_i(A)\le c_i(A_{-i},S)ci​(A)≤ci​(A−i​,S) for every player iii and every S∈ΣiS\in\Sigma_iS∈Σi​, where (A−i,S)(A_{-i},S)(A−i​,S) replaces AiA_iAi​ by SSS.

Latencies are linear (IsLinear) when fe(k)=aek+bef_e(k)=a_ek+b_efe​(k)=ae​k+be​ with ae,be≥0a_e,b_e\ge0ae​,be​≥0. The game is symmetric (IsSymmetric) when all players have the same strategy set, Σi=Σ\Sigma_i=\SigmaΣi​=Σ. The pure price of anarchy of a class of games is the supremum, over games in the class and pure Nash equilibria AAA, of SUM(A)/opt\mathrm{SUM}(A)/\mathit{opt}SUM(A)/opt, with opt=min⁡PSUM(P)\mathit{opt}=\min_P\mathrm{SUM}(P)opt=minP​SUM(P).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorems 3 and 4

For every N≥1N\ge1N≥1: every pure Nash equilibrium AAA of every symmetric linear congestion game with NNN players satisfies

SUM(A)≤5N−22N+1 SUM(P)for every profile P,\mathrm{SUM}(A)\le\frac{5N-2}{2N+1}\,\mathrm{SUM}(P)\quad\text{for every profile }P,SUM(A)≤2N+15N−2​SUM(P)for every profile P,

and some symmetric linear game with NNN players has a pure Nash equilibrium AAA and a profile PPP with SUM(P)>0\mathrm{SUM}(P)>0SUM(P)>0 and equality. Together these state that the pure price of anarchy of the class is exactly (5N−2)/(2N+1)(5N-2)/(2N+1)(5N−2)/(2N+1).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1: β(α+1)≤13α2+53β2\beta(\alpha+1)\le\frac13\alpha^2+\frac53\beta^2β(α+1)≤31​α2+35​β2 for nonnegative integers α,β\alpha,\betaα,β.
  2. Theorem 3, proof: the Nash inequality of player iii against the strategy PjP_jPj​ of any player jjj.
  3. Theorem 3, proof: the bound on N ci(A)N\,c_i(A)Nci​(A) obtained by summing over jjj.
  4. Theorem 3, proof: the bound on SUM(A)\mathrm{SUM}(A)SUM(A) obtained by summing over iii.
  5. Theorem 3: the upper bound alone.
  6. Theorem 4: the matching instances alone.

Significance

The result separates symmetric from asymmetric games for every finite number of players: for N=2N=2N=2 the symmetric bound is 8/58/58/5, for N=3N=3N=3 it is 13/713/713/7, against 5/25/25/2 for asymmetric games with N≥3N\ge3N≥3 players. Theorem 4 shows the bound is tight, so the function N↦(5N−2)/(2N+1)N\mapsto(5N-2)/(2N+1)N↦(5N−2)/(2N+1) is the exact answer, not an artefact of the proof. The asymptotic value 5/25/25/2 coincides with the asymmetric one, which says that symmetry helps only by a vanishing amount for large populations. Later work on smoothness arguments (Roughgarden, STOC 2009) takes the 5/25/25/2 bound of this paper as its central example.

The theorems are proved in the paper; the authors print the proofs for identity latencies fe(k)=kf_e(k)=kfe​(k)=k and state that they extend to aek+bea_ek+b_eae​k+be​. No machine-checked proof of these bounds is known to exist. This mission produces a statement for general affine latencies with nonnegative coefficients, the affine forms of the intermediate inequalities, and an explicit family of instances for every NNN, all of which are reusable for the other entries of the paper's table.

Difficulty

The upper bound requires combining the N2N^2N2 deviation inequalities (player iii against the strategy of each player jjj in the comparison profile) and then bounding cross terms facility by facility; the step that needs care is that the bound of Lemma 1 holds for integer loads only and fails for real numbers, so any argument that relaxes loads to reals loses the constant. The asymmetric argument, which compares player iii only with its own optimal strategy PiP_iPi​, gives 5/25/25/2 and cannot see the dependence on NNN.

For the lower bound, the instance must be a Nash equilibrium against every strategy in the common strategy set, which contains the equilibrium strategies of all other players as well as the optimal ones. Exact equality of the ratio requires the block sizes to be tuned to NNN; verifying the equilibrium condition involves counting facilities shared by pairs and triples of players.

Formalization scope

Players are Fin N with N≥1N\ge1N≥1; facilities are an arbitrary finite type with decidable equality; strategies and profiles are Finsets of facilities, with feasibility a separate predicate. Latencies are real-valued functions of the natural-number load. Linear latencies are affine with nonnegative coefficients, as in Sect. 2 of the paper; the milestone inequalities carry the coefficients ae,bea_e,b_eae​,be​ explicitly and reduce to the printed displays when ae=1a_e=1ae​=1, be=0b_e=0be​=0. The Nash condition is in cost form. Upper bounds are stated against every feasible profile PPP, which is equivalent to the bound on SUM(A)/opt\mathrm{SUM}(A)/\mathit{opt}SUM(A)/opt without dividing by opt\mathit{opt}opt. All constants are computed in R\mathbb RR.

The lower bound requires SUM(P)>0\mathrm{SUM}(P)>0SUM(P)>0: without it the statement is satisfied by zero latencies or empty strategies, where both sides vanish. Symmetry is a hypothesis of the upper bound and a property of the instance; without it the upper bound is false, since asymmetric instances reach 5/25/25/2.

A complete development needs finite-sum manipulations (double counting ∑j∑e∈Pj=∑ene(P)\sum_j\sum_{e\in P_j}=\sum_e n_e(P)∑j​∑e∈Pj​​=∑e​ne​(P)), the integer inequality of Lemma 1, and an explicit facility type for the instance. The model layer is shared with the other missions of this series. Proofs of the milestones and alternative proofs of the bound are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Christodoulou and E. Koutsoupias, The Price of Anarchy of Finite Congestion Games, Proc. 37th ACM STOC, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1145/1060590.1060600
  • B. Awerbuch, Y. Azar and A. Epstein, The Price of Routing Unsplittable Flow, Proc. 37th ACM STOC, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1145/1060590.1060599
  • E. Koutsoupias and C. Papadimitriou, Worst-case Equilibria, STACS 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-49116-3_38
  • T. Roughgarden and É. Tardos, How Bad Is Selfish Routing?, J. ACM 49(2), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1145/506147.506153
  • T. Roughgarden, Intrinsic Robustness of the Price of Anarchy, Proc. 41st ACM STOC, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1145/1536414.1536485
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 6: An Attractor Whose Basin Meets the Attainable Set Contains the Limit Set with Positive ProbabilityResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic approximation algorithm is a recursion xn+1=xn+γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}=x_n+\gamma_{n+1}\big(F(x_n)+U_{n+1}\big)xn+1​=xn​+γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​) with decreasing step sizes γn\gamma_nγn​ and a noise term Un+1U_{n+1}Un+1​. Recursions of this form appear in stochastic gradient methods, adaptive control, learning in games (fictitious play, reinforcement learning) and urn models. The ODE method compares the iterates with the solutions of x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x). In Benaïm's lecture notes (Benaïm 1999), the comparison is phrased through the continuous-time interpolated process XXX. Under standard noise conditions, XXX is almost surely an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF, and its limit set is almost surely internally chain transitive.

That theorem constrains where the process may end up. It does not say which of several candidate sets the process actually reaches. When the ODE has several attractors, for example several stable equilibria of a learning dynamic or several stable compositions of an urn, an application needs to know that each attractor is reached with positive probability. Section 7 of the notes answers this question. The answer is a criterion of attainability: if the process can, with positive probability and at arbitrarily late times, enter the basin of an attractor, then it converges to that attractor with positive probability.

Timeline.

  • Kushner and Clark (1978) proved convergence statements for processes that visit a compact subset of the domain of attraction of an asymptotically stable equilibrium infinitely often.
  • Arthur, Ermoliev and Kaniovski (1983) and Pemantle (1990) studied urn processes whose limit points depend on the trajectory.
  • Benaïm (1997) and Duflo (1997, Random Iterative Models) developed the attainability argument for general stochastic approximation processes.
  • Benaïm (1999) states it for arbitrary attractors of a semiflow on a locally compact metric space, under a single conditional shadowing condition (24).

Setting

Let (M,d)(M,d)(M,d) be a metric space and let Φ=(Φt)t≥0\Phi=(\Phi_t)_{t\ge0}Φ=(Φt​)t≥0​ be a semiflow on MMM: a continuous map (t,x)↦Φt(x)(t,x)\mapsto\Phi_t(x)(t,x)↦Φt​(x) with Φ0=Id\Phi_0=\mathrm{Id}Φ0​=Id and Φt+s=Φt∘Φs\Phi_{t+s}=\Phi_t\circ\Phi_sΦt+s​=Φt​∘Φs​.

  • A set AAA is invariant if Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0, and positively invariant if Φt(A)⊂A\Phi_t(A)\subset AΦt​(A)⊂A.
  • An attractor is a nonempty compact invariant set AAA with a neighbourhood WWW on which dist⁡(Φtx,A)→0\operatorname{dist}(\Phi_tx,A)\to0dist(Φt​x,A)→0 uniformly. Its basin B(A)B(A)B(A) is the set of points xxx with dist⁡(Φtx,A)→0\operatorname{dist}(\Phi_tx,A)\to0dist(Φt​x,A)→0.
  • A continuous curve X:R+→MX:\mathbb R_+\to MX:R+​→M is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory if sup⁡0≤h≤Td(X(t+h),Φh(X(t)))→0\sup_{0\le h\le T}d(X(t+h),\Phi_h(X(t)))\to0sup0≤h≤T​d(X(t+h),Φh​(X(t)))→0 as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞, for every T>0T>0T>0.
  • The limit set of XXX is L(X)=⋂t≥0X([t,∞))‾L(X)=\bigcap_{t\ge0}\overline{X([t,\infty))}L(X)=⋂t≥0​X([t,∞))​.
  • For T>0T>0T>0, dX(T)=sup⁡k∈Nd(ΦT(X(kT)),X(kT+T))d_X(T)=\sup_{k\in\mathbb N}d(\Phi_T(X(kT)),X(kT+T))dX​(T)=supk∈N​d(ΦT​(X(kT)),X(kT+T)).

Now let X=(X(t))t≥0X=(X(t))_{t\ge0}X=(X(t))t≥0​ be a process on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) with continuous paths in MMM, adapted to a filtration (Ft)t≥0(\mathcal F_t)_{t\ge0}(Ft​)t≥0​. The standing assumption of Section 7 is that for all δ>0\delta>0δ>0, T>0T>0T>0 and t≥0t\ge0t≥0,

P(sup⁡s≥t sup⁡0≤h≤Td(X(s+h),Φh(X(s)))≥δ ∣ Ft)≤w(t,δ,T)(24)P\Big(\sup_{s\ge t}\ \sup_{0\le h\le T}d\big(X(s+h),\Phi_h(X(s))\big)\ge\delta\ \Big|\ \mathcal F_t\Big)\le w(t,\delta,T)\tag{24}P(s≥tsup​ 0≤h≤Tsup​d(X(s+h),Φh​(X(s)))≥δ ​ Ft​)≤w(t,δ,T)(24)

for a function w≥0w\ge0w≥0 with w(t,δ,T)↓0w(t,\delta,T)\downarrow0w(t,δ,T)↓0 as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞.

A point ppp is attainable if P(∃s≥t:X(s)∈U)>0P(\exists s\ge t: X(s)\in U)>0P(∃s≥t:X(s)∈U)>0 for every t>0t>0t>0 and every open neighbourhood UUU of ppp. Att(X)\mathrm{Att}(X)Att(X) is the set of attainable points.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.3, first statement

If MMM is locally compact, AAA is an attractor of Φ\PhiΦ, and Att(X)∩B(A)≠∅\mathrm{Att}(X)\cap B(A)\neq\emptysetAtt(X)∩B(A)=∅, then

P(L(X)⊂A)>0.P\big(L(X)\subset A\big)>0 .P(L(X)⊂A)>0.

This statement contains no constants and no rates, so it does not depend on how (24) is quantified for a particular algorithm.

Theorem 7.3, second statement

If UUU is open and relatively compact with U‾⊂B(A)\overline U\subset B(A)U⊂B(A), there are T,δ>0T,\delta>0T,δ>0, depending only on UUU (and on Φ\PhiΦ, AAA), such that for every process satisfying the standing assumption and every t≥0t\ge0t≥0

P(L(X)⊂A)≥(1−w(t,δ,T)) P(∃s≥t: X(s)∈U).P\big(L(X)\subset A\big)\ge\big(1-w(t,\delta,T)\big)\,P\big(\exists s\ge t:\ X(s)\in U\big).P(L(X)⊂A)≥(1−w(t,δ,T))P(∃s≥t: X(s)∈U).

Milestones

  • Lemma 6.8. For a nonempty compact K⊂B(A)K\subset B(A)K⊂B(A) there are T,δ>0T,\delta>0T,δ>0 such that every asymptotic pseudotrajectory with X(0)∈KX(0)\in KX(0)∈K and dX(T)<δd_X(T)<\deltadX​(T)<δ has L(X)⊂AL(X)\subset AL(X)⊂A.
  • Lemma 7.1, in three parts:
    • Att(X)\mathrm{Att}(X)Att(X) is closed;
    • it is positively invariant;
    • it contains L(X)L(X)L(X) almost surely.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7.3 turns a question about the long-run limit of a random process into a question about where the process can go. Attainability is usually checked by a controllability argument: the noise can push the iterates in every direction. For urn processes with an urn function mapping the simplex into its interior, every point is attainable (Example 7.2 of the notes). Then every attractor of the mean ODE is reached with positive probability. Combined with nonconvergence results for unstable sets (Section 9 of the notes), this characterizes the possible limits of many learning and urn processes. Theorem 7.3 is the positive half of that picture.

Formalizing it. The theorem has a published proof (p. 32 of the notes) and no machine-checked version. A formal proof needs the following:

  • a precise reading of the conditional shadowing condition (24) as a conditional expectation of an indicator;
  • the stopping-time decomposition of the event {∃s≥t:X(s)∈U}\{\exists s\ge t: X(s)\in U\}{∃s≥t:X(s)∈U} over dyadic times;
  • the deterministic Lemma 6.8, which rests on the limit set theorem for precompact asymptotic pseudotrajectories (Theorem 5.7 of the notes, the subject of mission 1 of this series).

Difficulty

The obvious argument says: once XXX enters a compact part of the basin, the flow carries it into AAA. That fails because XXX is not a trajectory of the flow. Each window of length TTT adds an error, and errors over infinitely many windows can push the process out of the basin.

Two things are needed instead:

  • A uniform version of the deterministic statement, with TTT and δ\deltaδ fixed in advance from the compact set alone. This is Lemma 6.8, which needs local compactness of MMM and the structure of limit sets of asymptotic pseudotrajectories.
  • A probabilistic step that applies (24) at the random time when XXX first enters UUU. That time is not a stopping time on a continuum, and conditioning at it needs care.

A naive union bound over all times is useless: it does not use the conditional form of (24).

Formalization scope

  • The semiflow is Mathlib's Flow ℝ≥0 M on a metric space; local compactness is LocallyCompactSpace M.
  • The process is X : ℝ≥0 → Ω → M with continuous paths. The paper's alternative of càdlàg paths is not covered.
  • Adaptedness is Borel measurability of X(t)X(t)X(t) with respect to Ft\mathcal F_tFt​, for a Mathlib Filtration ℝ≥0. PPP is a probability measure.
  • The suprema in (24) and in dX(T)d_X(T)dX​(T) are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] with the extended distance, so that "sup ≥δ\ge\delta≥δ" and "sup <δ<\delta<δ" are exact even when the supremum is infinite or not attained.
  • The conditional probability in (24) is the conditional expectation of the indicator of the event. The event is required to be measurable, so the condition cannot hold vacuously through a junk conditional expectation.
  • www is required to be both nonincreasing in ttt and convergent to 000.
  • The events {L(X)⊂A}\{L(X)\subset A\}{L(X)⊂A} and {∃s≥t:X(s)∈U}\{\exists s\ge t: X(s)\in U\}{∃s≥t:X(s)∈U} are measured with PPP as an outer measure, so no measurability hypothesis is added for them.
  • In the second statement of Theorem 7.3, TTT and δ\deltaδ are chosen before the probability space, the process, www and ttt.
  • Invariance in the definition of an attractor is the equality Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A, not inclusion.
  • The almost-sure clause of Lemma 7.1 is stated for separable MMM. Without separability it cannot be proved in ordinary set theory.

These choices rule out the trivializing formalizations: a conditional-probability hypothesis that holds vacuously, invariance read as inclusion, constants T,δT,\deltaT,δ that depend on the process or on ttt, and a probability bound www without monotonicity.

A complete development needs:

  • limit sets of asymptotic pseudotrajectories and the fact that an internally chain transitive set meeting the basin of an attractor lies in the attractor (shared with missions 1 and 5 of this series);
  • measurability of path functionals of continuous processes;
  • conditioning on events of the form {τ=tn(k)}\{\tau=t_n(k)\}{τ=tn​(k)} at dyadic times.

The first and second are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions toward either, and alternative proofs of Lemma 6.8, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm, M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, Journal of Dynamics and Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218617
  • M. Benaïm, Vertex-reinforced random walks and a conjecture of Pemantle, Annals of Probability 25 (1997), 361–392. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1024404292
  • M. Duflo, Random Iterative Models, Applications of Mathematics 34, Springer, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-12880-0
  • H. J. Kushner, D. S. Clark, Stochastic Approximation Methods for Constrained and Unconstrained Systems, Springer, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-9352-8
  • C. Conley, Isolated Invariant Sets and the Morse Index, CBMS Regional Conference Series in Mathematics 38, AMS, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1090/cbms/038
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 3: Martingale Noise with Bounded q-th Moments and Summable γ_n^(1+q/2) Satisfies Assumption A1 Almost SurelyResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic approximation algorithm is a recursion

xn+1−xn=γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}-x_n=\gamma_{n+1}\big(F(x_n)+U_{n+1}\big)xn+1​−xn​=γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​)

in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, where FFF is a vector field, γn\gamma_nγn​ are small step sizes and Un+1U_{n+1}Un+1​ is noise. Such recursions go back to Robbins and Monro's root-finding scheme (Robbins–Monro 1951) and underlie stochastic gradient descent, temporal-difference learning, adaptive control and learning in games. The ODE method studies them by comparing the iterates with the trajectories of x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x).

Benaïm's lecture notes (Benaïm 1999) organize the ODE method in two steps. A deterministic step, Proposition 4.1, shows that whenever the noise satisfies a condition called A1 (and the iterates are bounded, or FFF is Lipschitz and bounded on a neighbourhood of them), the interpolated process is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF. A probabilistic step then verifies A1 for concrete noise models. This mission formalizes the first such verification, Proposition 4.2: martingale difference noise with bounded qqq-th moments and step sizes with ∑nγn1+q/2<∞\sum_n\gamma_n^{1+q/2}<\infty∑n​γn1+q/2​<∞. The result is described as a particular case of a general theorem of Métivier and Priouret (1987); the same estimates reappear later in the notes.

Setting

Let {γn}n≥1\{\gamma_n\}_{n\ge1}{γn​}n≥1​ be a deterministic sequence with γn≥0\gamma_n\ge0γn​≥0, ∑nγn=∞\sum_n\gamma_n=\infty∑n​γn​=∞ and γn→0\gamma_n\to0γn​→0 (a step sequence). Put τ0=0\tau_0=0τ0​=0, τn=∑i=1nγi\tau_n=\sum_{i=1}^n\gamma_iτn​=∑i=1n​γi​, and let

m(t)=sup⁡{k≥0: t≥τk}m(t)=\sup\{k\ge0:\ t\ge\tau_k\}m(t)=sup{k≥0: t≥τk​}

be the index of the step that contains time t≥0t\ge0t≥0. For a sequence {Un}n≥1\{U_n\}_{n\ge1}{Un​}n≥1​ define the piecewise constant processes Uˉ(t)=Um(t)+1\bar U(t)=U_{m(t)+1}Uˉ(t)=Um(t)+1​ and γˉ(t)=γm(t)+1\bar\gamma(t)=\gamma_{m(t)+1}γˉ​(t)=γm(t)+1​, so that step n+1n+1n+1 occupies the time interval [τn,τn+1)[\tau_n,\tau_{n+1})[τn​,τn+1​) of length γn+1\gamma_{n+1}γn+1​.

Assumption A1 asks that for every T>0T>0T>0

lim⁡n→∞sup⁡{∥∑i=nk−1γi+1Ui+1∥: k=n+1,…,m(τn+T)}=0,\lim_{n\to\infty}\sup\Big\{\Big\|\sum_{i=n}^{k-1}\gamma_{i+1}U_{i+1}\Big\|:\ k=n+1,\dots,m(\tau_n+T)\Big\}=0,n→∞lim​sup{​i=n∑k−1​γi+1​Ui+1​​: k=n+1,…,m(τn​+T)}=0,

or, in the form the notes call equivalent, lim⁡t→∞Δ(t,T)=0\lim_{t\to\infty}\Delta(t,T)=0limt→∞​Δ(t,T)=0 for every T>0T>0T>0, where

Δ(t,T)=sup⁡0≤h≤T∥∫tt+hUˉ(s) ds∥.\Delta(t,T)=\sup_{0\le h\le T}\Big\|\int_t^{t+h}\bar U(s)\,ds\Big\|.Δ(t,T)=0≤h≤Tsup​​∫tt+h​Uˉ(s)ds​.

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space with a nondecreasing sequence {Fn}\{\mathcal F_n\}{Fn​} of sub-σ\sigmaσ-algebras, and F:Rd→RdF:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^dF:Rd→Rd continuous. A sequence {xn}\{x_n\}{xn​} given by the recursion above is a Robbins–Monro algorithm if γ\gammaγ is deterministic, UnU_nUn​ is Fn\mathcal F_nFn​-measurable, and E(Un+1∣Fn)=0E(U_{n+1}\mid\mathcal F_n)=0E(Un+1​∣Fn​)=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.2

For a Robbins–Monro algorithm and some real q≥2q\ge2q≥2, if

sup⁡nE(∥Un+1∥q)<∞and∑nγn1+q/2<∞,\sup_nE\big(\|U_{n+1}\|^q\big)<\infty\qquad\text{and}\qquad\sum_n\gamma_n^{1+q/2}<\infty,nsup​E(∥Un+1​∥q)<∞andn∑​γn1+q/2​<∞,

then with probability one the realised noise sequence satisfies A1, in both of its forms, simultaneously for all T>0T>0T>0.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (13), an instance of Burkholder's inequality with a universal constant CqC_qCq​:
E{sup⁡n<k≤m(τn+T)∥∑i=nk−1γi+1Ui+1∥q}≤Cq E{[∑i=nm(τn+T)−1γi+12∥Ui+1∥2]q/2}.E\Big\{\sup_{n<k\le m(\tau_n+T)}\Big\|\sum_{i=n}^{k-1}\gamma_{i+1}U_{i+1}\Big\|^q\Big\}\le C_q\,E\Big\{\Big[\sum_{i=n}^{m(\tau_n+T)-1}\gamma_{i+1}^2\|U_{i+1}\|^2\Big]^{q/2}\Big\}.E{n<k≤m(τn​+T)sup​​i=n∑k−1​γi+1​Ui+1​​q}≤Cq​E{[i=n∑m(τn​+T)−1​γi+12​∥Ui+1​∥2]q/2}.
  1. Inequality (14), for finite families with αi≥0\alpha_i\ge0αi​≥0, u>1u>1u>1, 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1:
(∑i∣αiβi∣)u≤(∑iαiδu/(u−1))u−1∑iαi(1−δ)u∣βi∣u.\Big(\sum_i|\alpha_i\beta_i|\Big)^u\le\Big(\sum_i\alpha_i^{\delta u/(u-1)}\Big)^{u-1}\sum_i\alpha_i^{(1-\delta)u}|\beta_i|^u.(i∑​∣αi​βi​∣)u≤(i∑​αiδu/(u−1)​)u−1i∑​αi(1−δ)u​∣βi​∣u.
  1. Eq. (16): for every T>0T>0T>0 there is C(q,T)C(q,T)C(q,T) with E(Δ(t,T)q)≤C(q,T)∫tt+Tγˉq/2(s) dsE(\Delta(t,T)^q)\le C(q,T)\int_t^{t+T}\bar\gamma^{q/2}(s)\,dsE(Δ(t,T)q)≤C(q,T)∫tt+T​γˉ​q/2(s)ds for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0.
  2. Eq. (17): ∑k≥0E(Δ(kT,T)q)<∞\sum_{k\ge0}E(\Delta(kT,T)^q)<\infty∑k≥0​E(Δ(kT,T)q)<∞ for every T>0T>0T>0.
  3. Block comparison: Δ(t,T)≤2Δ(kT,T)+Δ((k+1)T,T)\Delta(t,T)\le2\Delta(kT,T)+\Delta((k+1)T,T)Δ(t,T)≤2Δ(kT,T)+Δ((k+1)T,T) for kT≤t<(k+1)TkT\le t<(k+1)TkT≤t<(k+1)T.

Significance

Proposition 4.2 is the standard sufficient condition under which the ODE method applies to stochastic gradient-type recursions with martingale noise. With q=2q=2q=2 it covers step sizes with ∑γn2<∞\sum\gamma_n^2<\infty∑γn2​<∞ (for example γn=1/n\gamma_n=1/nγn​=1/n) and noise with bounded variance; larger qqq trades stronger moment assumptions for slower decay of the steps, down to ∑γn1+q/2<∞\sum\gamma_n^{1+q/2}<\infty∑γn1+q/2​<∞. Combined with Proposition 4.1 it shows that the interpolated process of a Robbins–Monro algorithm with bounded iterates is almost surely an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF; the limit set theorems of the notes then locate the limit points of the algorithm.

The result is proved in the notes and in the cited literature; it has not, to our knowledge, been machine-checked. A formal proof would supply reusable pieces that Mathlib currently lacks, most notably a Burkholder (or Burkholder–Davis–Gundy) inequality for discrete-time vector martingales in LqL^qLq, and the continuous-time bookkeeping of the step processes Uˉ\bar UUˉ, γˉ\bar\gammaγˉ​ and the noise deviation Δ\DeltaΔ, shared by the other missions of this series.

Difficulty

The obvious argument controls each window by Doob's L2L^2L2 maximal inequality and sums over windows. That works for q=2q=2q=2 only. For q>2q>2q>2 the second moment of the window sums is not summable under ∑γn1+q/2<∞\sum\gamma_n^{1+q/2}<\infty∑γn1+q/2​<∞, and one needs an LqL^qLq maximal inequality whose right-hand side is the q/2q/2q/2-th moment of the square function. That inequality, Burkholder's, is not in Mathlib. Converting the square function into the moment bound requires a Hölder-type inequality with tuned exponents, and passing from the discrete sums to Δ(t,T)\Delta(t,T)Δ(t,T) requires handling partial steps at both ends of [t,t+h][t,t+h][t,t+h]. A second subtlety is that A1 quantifies over all T>0T>0T>0: the almost-sure statement must hold on a single event of full probability for every TTT, not on an event that depends on TTT.

Formalization scope

The space is Rd\mathbb R^dRd as EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); time is real; qqq is a real number with q≥2q\ge2q≥2, and all powers are real powers of nonnegative quantities. The sequences γ\gammaγ and UUU are indexed by N\mathbb NN, and their values at 000 are unused, as the paper indexes them from 111. The filtration is a Mathlib Filtration ℕ, Un+1U_{n+1}Un+1​ is required to be Fn+1\mathcal F_{n+1}Fn+1​-strongly measurable and integrable, and the martingale difference condition is E(Un+1∣Fn)=0E(U_{n+1}\mid\mathcal F_n)=0E(Un+1​∣Fn​)=0 almost surely. Expectations of nonnegative quantities, the suprema in A1 and Δ\DeltaΔ, and the moment bound are taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so no default value of a non-integrable expectation or of an empty supremum can make a statement hold vacuously; the supremum over an empty range of kkk is 000.

The following readings are excluded and are not acceptable formalizations: a moment hypothesis that holds vacuously, a conditional expectation hypothesis on non-integrable noise, the conclusion "for each TTT, A1 holds almost surely" in place of "almost surely, A1 holds for all TTT", and qqq fixed to 222 or restricted to integers.

All hypotheses are satisfiable: U=0U=0U=0, x=0x=0x=0, F=0F=0F=0 and γn=1/n\gamma_n=1/nγn​=1/n with q=2q=2q=2 satisfy every one of them.

Contributions welcome: a general Burkholder inequality for discrete-time martingales in finite-dimensional spaces (reusable well beyond this mission), lemmas on the step processes and Δ\DeltaΔ (measurability, local integrability, additivity), and the proofs of the milestones.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm and M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, Journal of Dynamics and Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218617
  • M. Métivier and P. Priouret, Théorèmes de convergence presque sûre pour une classe d'algorithmes stochastiques à pas décroissant, Probability Theory and Related Fields 74 (1987), 403–428.
  • D. L. Burkholder, Distribution function inequalities for martingales, Annals of Probability 1 (1973), 19–42. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176997023
  • D. W. Stroock, Probability Theory: An Analytic View, Cambridge University Press, 1993.
  • H. Robbins and S. Monro, A stochastic approximation method, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 22 (1951), 400–407. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
  • H. J. Kushner and G. G. Yin, Stochastic Approximation Algorithms and Applications, Springer, 1997.
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 5: If V(Λ) Has Empty Interior for a Lyapunov Function V, Every Internally Chain Transitive Set Lies in ΛResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic approximation algorithm is a recursion xn+1=xn+γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}=x_n+\gamma_{n+1}\big(F(x_n)+U_{n+1}\big)xn+1​=xn​+γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​) with decreasing steps γn\gamma_nγn​ and noise UnU_nUn​. Stochastic gradient descent, the Robbins–Monro procedure, reinforcement-learning updates and learning dynamics in games all have this form. The ODE method compares such a recursion with the deterministic dynamics x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x). Benaïm's lecture notes (Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, 1999) do this in two steps. First, the limit set of the interpolated process is internally chain transitive for the semiflow of FFF (Theorem 5.7, the subject of mission 1 of this series). Second, internally chain transitive sets are located using properties of the dynamics alone.

The most common tool in the second step is a Lyapounov function: a function that decreases strictly along every trajectory outside a set Λ\LambdaΛ and is constant on Λ\LambdaΛ. Proposition 6.4 of the notes states exactly when such a function forces every internally chain transitive set into Λ\LambdaΛ. It is the step behind the convergence of stochastic gradient algorithms to critical points (Corollary 6.7) and behind convergence results for learning in potential games.

Timeline.

  • Conley (Isolated Invariant Sets and the Morse Index, CBMS 38, 1978) introduced chain recurrence and the attractor–repeller description of it.
  • Benaïm and Hirsch (J. Dyn. Diff. Eq. 8, 1996) identified limit sets of asymptotic pseudotrajectories with internally chain transitive sets.
  • Benaïm (SIAM J. Control Optim. 34, 1996) developed the dynamical-systems approach to stochastic approximation built on these notions.
  • Bowen (J. Differential Equations 18, 1975) characterized chain transitivity by the absence of proper attractors, the content of Proposition 5.3 of the notes.
  • The 1999 notes state the Lyapounov criterion in the form used here, for semiflows on arbitrary metric spaces.

Setting

Let (M,d)(M,d)(M,d) be a metric space, with no compactness or completeness assumed. A semiflow Φ\PhiΦ on MMM is a continuous map R+×M→M\mathbb R_+\times M\to MR+​×M→M, (t,x)↦Φt(x)(t,x)\mapsto\Phi_t(x)(t,x)↦Φt​(x), with Φ0=Id\Phi_0=\mathrm{Id}Φ0​=Id and Φt+s=Φt∘Φs\Phi_{t+s}=\Phi_t\circ\Phi_sΦt+s​=Φt​∘Φs​.

  • A set AAA is invariant if Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0. For an invariant Λ\LambdaΛ, the restriction Φ∣Λ\Phi|\LambdaΦ∣Λ is the semiflow Φ\PhiΦ acting on Λ\LambdaΛ.
  • For δ,T>0\delta,T>0δ,T>0, a (δ,T)(\delta,T)(δ,T)-pseudo-orbit from aaa to bbb is a list of points y0,…,yky_0,\dots,y_ky0​,…,yk​ (k≥1k\ge1k≥1) and times t0,…,tk−1≥Tt_0,\dots,t_{k-1}\ge Tt0​,…,tk−1​≥T with d(y0,a)<δd(y_0,a)<\deltad(y0​,a)<δ, d(Φtj(yj),yj+1)<δd(\Phi_{t_j}(y_j),y_{j+1})<\deltad(Φtj​​(yj​),yj+1​)<δ for j<kj<kj<k, and yk=by_k=byk​=b.
  • A set LLL is internally chain transitive if it is nonempty, compact and invariant, and for all a,b∈La,b\in La,b∈L and all δ,T>0\delta,T>0δ,T>0 there is a (δ,T)(\delta,T)(δ,T)-pseudo-orbit of Φ∣L\Phi|LΦ∣L, so with every yi∈Ly_i\in Lyi​∈L, from aaa to bbb.
  • An attractor is a nonempty compact invariant set AAA with a neighbourhood WWW on which dist(Φtx,A)→0\mathrm{dist}(\Phi_t x,A)\to0dist(Φt​x,A)→0 uniformly. Its basin is the set of points xxx with dist(Φtx,A)→0\mathrm{dist}(\Phi_t x,A)\to0dist(Φt​x,A)→0.
  • Let Λ⊂M\Lambda\subset MΛ⊂M be compact and invariant. A continuous V:M→RV:M\to\mathbb RV:M→R is a Lyapounov function for Λ\LambdaΛ if t↦V(Φt(x))t\mapsto V(\Phi_t(x))t↦V(Φt​(x)) is constant for x∈Λx\in\Lambdax∈Λ and strictly decreasing for x∉Λx\notin\Lambdax∈/Λ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6.4

Let Λ\LambdaΛ be compact invariant and VVV a Lyapounov function for Λ\LambdaΛ, and assume that V(Λ)V(\Lambda)V(Λ) has empty interior in R\mathbb RR. Then for every internally chain transitive set LLL,

L⊂ΛandV∣L is constant.L\subset\Lambda\qquad\text{and}\qquad V|_L\ \text{is constant}.L⊂ΛandV∣L​ is constant.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 5.2. If UUU is open with compact closure and ΦT(U‾)⊂U\Phi_T(\overline U)\subset UΦT​(U)⊂U for some T>0T>0T>0, there is an attractor A⊂UA\subset UA⊂U whose basin contains U‾\overline UU.
  2. Proposition 5.3. For nonempty Λ\LambdaΛ: internally chain transitive   ⟺  \iff⟺ connected and internally chain recurrent   ⟺  \iff⟺ compact invariant, and Φ∣Λ\Phi|\LambdaΦ∣Λ has no proper attractor.
  3. The claim of the proof of 6.4. For LLL internally chain transitive and v∗=inf⁡LVv^*=\inf_L Vv∗=infL​V: L∩Λ≠∅L\cap\Lambda\ne\emptysetL∩Λ=∅ and v∗=inf⁡L∩ΛVv^*=\inf_{L\cap\Lambda}Vv∗=infL∩Λ​V.
  4. The sublevel step of the proof of 6.4. For every c>v∗c>v^*c>v∗ with c∉V(Λ)c\notin V(\Lambda)c∈/V(Λ), V<cV<cV<c on all of LLL.

Significance

The result. Proposition 6.4 converts a statement about real numbers, that V(Λ)V(\Lambda)V(Λ) has empty interior, into a statement about dynamics: the chain recurrent behaviour of Φ\PhiΦ is confined to Λ\LambdaΛ. With Theorem 5.7 it gives the following. If Φ\PhiΦ has such a Lyapounov function, then the limit set of any precompact asymptotic pseudotrajectory, in particular of a bounded stochastic approximation process, lies in Λ\LambdaΛ, and VVV is constant on it. When Λ\LambdaΛ is the set of equilibria and V(Λ)V(\Lambda)V(Λ) is Lebesgue-null by Sard's theorem, this is the convergence of stochastic gradient algorithms to connected sets of critical points (Corollary 6.7). Remark 6.5 gives a flow on the circle with a strict Lyapounov function, where the circle itself is internally chain transitive. So the empty-interior hypothesis cannot be removed.

Formalizing it. The result is proved, in the notes and in the earlier literature. No machine-checked version of chain recurrence for semiflows on metric spaces, Conley's attractor lemma, or Bowen's characterization of chain transitive sets is known to us. The mission therefore adds the following:

  • a formal definition layer for these notions on Mathlib's Flow;
  • formal proofs of Lemma 5.2 and Proposition 5.3, which are reused across this series (missions 1 and 6);
  • the Lyapounov criterion itself.

Difficulty

The obvious argument does not work. It runs: VVV decreases along trajectories, so along an orbit in LLL the value of VVV must settle on Λ\LambdaΛ. But points of an internally chain transitive set are joined only by pseudo-orbits. At each of the kkk jumps, VVV may increase by an amount that is small but not controlled in number, so monotonicity of VVV along true trajectories says nothing directly about LLL. Remark 6.5 shows that the conclusion is genuinely false without a condition on V(Λ)V(\Lambda)V(Λ). The difficulty is therefore global: pseudo-orbits that climb back up VVV through many small jumps must be excluded using information about the restricted semiflow Φ∣L\Phi|LΦ∣L as a whole, not the monotonicity of VVV along single trajectories. Milestones 1 and 2 are the general facts about chain transitive sets that this requires, and their own proofs involve compactness and uniform-continuity estimates over arbitrarily long pseudo-orbits.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. MMM is any MetricSpace, and the semiflow is Flow ℝ≥0 M.
  • Invariance is equality Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A for every ttt, not inclusion.
  • Pseudo-orbits have at least one trajectory piece (k≥1k\ge1k≥1), times ≥T\ge T≥T, an exact endpoint, and, in the internal notions, all their points in the set.
  • Nonemptiness. Internally chain transitive and internally chain recurrent sets are nonempty by definition. Accordingly, Proposition 5.3 assumes Λ≠∅\Lambda\neq\emptysetΛ=∅ and Lemma 5.2 assumes U≠∅U\neq\emptysetU=∅.
  • Lyapounov function. The predicate contains the standing assumptions of its definition: Λ\LambdaΛ is compact and invariant, VVV is continuous, V(Φtx)=V(x)V(\Phi_t x)=V(x)V(Φt​x)=V(x) on Λ\LambdaΛ, and t↦V(Φtx)t\mapsto V(\Phi_t x)t↦V(Φt​x) is strictly antitone off Λ\LambdaΛ.
  • Empty interior is interior (V '' Λ) = ∅ in R\mathbb RR, not countability, finiteness or measure zero.
  • Infima are stated with IsGLB, not a real sInf.

The following formalizations are trivializing and are excluded:

  • chains with no jumps, under which every point is chain recurrent;
  • invariance as inclusion;
  • a non-strict decrease condition, under which constant functions are Lyapounov functions and the goal is false;
  • chains of Φ\PhiΦ that leave LLL, a strictly weaker notion;
  • quantifying only over limit sets instead of every internally chain transitive set.

A complete development needs elementary facts about ω-limit sets of points of a compact invariant set: they are nonempty, compact and invariant. It also needs the attractor construction A=⋂t≥0⋃s≥tΦs(U)‾A=\bigcap_{t\ge0}\overline{\bigcup_{s\ge t}\Phi_s(U)}A=⋂t≥0​⋃s≥t​Φs​(U)​ and the open sets {y:x↪δ,Ty}\{y: x\hookrightarrow_{\delta,T}y\}{y:x↪δ,T​y} used in Proposition 5.3. These are reusable for any work on Conley theory. Contributions of any of these lemmas, or of proofs of the milestones in any order, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm, M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, J. Dynam. Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218613
  • M. Benaïm, A dynamical system approach to stochastic approximations, SIAM J. Control Optim. 34 (1996), 437–472. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012993253534
  • C. Conley, Isolated Invariant Sets and the Morse Index, CBMS Regional Conference Series in Mathematics 38, AMS, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1090/cbms/038
  • R. Bowen, ω-limit sets for Axiom A diffeomorphisms, J. Differential Equations 18 (1975), 333–339. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0396(75)90065-0
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationFunctional AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Douglas–Rachford Splitting Method and the Proximal Point Algorithm for Maximal Monotone Operators: Generalized Douglas–Rachford Splitting Converges Weakly if A+B Has a Zero, Else Is UnboundedResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in convex optimization, variational inequalities and equilibrium modelling reduce to finding a point xxx with 0∈Ax+Bx0 \in A x + B x0∈Ax+Bx, where AAA and BBB are maximal monotone operators on a real Hilbert space H\mathcal HH: for example, minimizing f+gf + gf+g for closed proper convex f,gf, gf,g is the case A=∂fA = \partial fA=∂f, B=∂gB = \partial gB=∂g. When the resolvent of A+BA + BA+B is hard to evaluate but the resolvents of AAA and BBB separately are easy, one uses a splitting method. Douglas–Rachford splitting, introduced for monotone operators by Lions and Mercier (1979) after an alternating-direction scheme of Douglas and Rachford (1956) for the heat equation, is the most widely used one; through its dual form it underlies the alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM) used throughout large-scale optimization and statistics.

Eckstein and Bertsekas (MIT report LIDS-P-1919, 1989; Mathematical Programming 55, 1992) showed that Douglas–Rachford splitting is a special case of the proximal point algorithm applied to a single derived operator, the splitting operator Sλ,A,BS_{\lambda,A,B}Sλ,A,B​. This identification lets the convergence theory of the proximal point algorithm transfer to splitting, and yields a generalized method with inexact resolvent evaluations and relaxation.

Timeline.

  • Minty (1962): a monotone TTT is maximal iff I+TI + TI+T is onto.
  • Rockafellar (1976): the proximal point algorithm with variable stepsizes and summable errors converges weakly to a zero.
  • Lions and Mercier (1979): Douglas–Rachford splitting for maximal monotone AAA, BBB; its map Gλ,A,BG_{\lambda,A,B}Gλ,A,B​ is firmly nonexpansive.
  • Gol'shtein and Tret'yakov (1979): relaxed proximal iterations with factors ρk∈(0,2)\rho_k \in (0,2)ρk​∈(0,2), in finite dimension, with a fixed stepsize.
  • Eckstein and Bertsekas (1989/1992): the splitting operator; Douglas–Rachford as a proximal point method; the generalized proximal point algorithm and the generalized Douglas–Rachford method, including the case with no solution.

Setting

An operator on H\mathcal HH is a subset T⊆H×HT \subseteq \mathcal H \times \mathcal HT⊆H×H, with Tx={y∣(x,y)∈T}Tx = \{y \mid (x,y) \in T\}Tx={y∣(x,y)∈T}; it may be multivalued and partially defined. Its domain is dom⁡T={x∣Tx≠∅}\operatorname{dom} T = \{x \mid Tx \ne \emptyset\}domT={x∣Tx=∅}, its image im⁡T\operatorname{im} TimT the projection on the second coordinate, its inverse T−1={(y,x)∣(x,y)∈T}T^{-1} = \{(y,x) \mid (x,y) \in T\}T−1={(y,x)∣(x,y)∈T}. Scaling and sum are cT={(x,cy)}cT = \{(x, cy)\}cT={(x,cy)} and A+B={(x,y+z)∣(x,y)∈A,(x,z)∈B}A + B = \{(x, y+z) \mid (x,y) \in A, (x,z) \in B\}A+B={(x,y+z)∣(x,y)∈A,(x,z)∈B}; III is the identity. TTT is monotone if ⟨x′−x,y′−y⟩≥0\langle x' - x, y' - y\rangle \ge 0⟨x′−x,y′−y⟩≥0 for all (x,y),(x′,y′)∈T(x,y),(x',y') \in T(x,y),(x′,y′)∈T, and maximal monotone if no other monotone operator strictly contains it. The resolvent is JcT=(I+cT)−1J_{cT} = (I + cT)^{-1}JcT​=(I+cT)−1, and zer⁡T={x∣0∈Tx}\operatorname{zer} T = \{x \mid 0 \in Tx\}zerT={x∣0∈Tx}. An operator JJJ is firmly nonexpansive if ∥y′−y∥2≤⟨x′−x,y′−y⟩\|y'-y\|^2 \le \langle x'-x, y'-y\rangle∥y′−y∥2≤⟨x′−x,y′−y⟩ for all (x,y),(x′,y′)∈J(x,y),(x',y') \in J(x,y),(x′,y′)∈J.

For λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 the Douglas–Rachford map is Gλ,A,B=JλA∘(2JλB−I)+(I−JλB)G_{\lambda,A,B} = J_{\lambda A} \circ (2J_{\lambda B} - I) + (I - J_{\lambda B})Gλ,A,B​=JλA​∘(2JλB​−I)+(I−JλB​), and the splitting operator is

Sλ,A,B={(v+λb, u−v)∣(u,b)∈B, (v,a)∈A, v+λa=u−λb}.S_{\lambda,A,B} = \{(v + \lambda b,\ u - v) \mid (u,b) \in B,\ (v,a) \in A,\ v + \lambda a = u - \lambda b\}.Sλ,A,B​={(v+λb, u−v)∣(u,b)∈B, (v,a)∈A, v+λa=u−λb}.

Its zero set is Zλ∗={u+λb∣b∈Bu, −b∈Au}Z^*_\lambda = \{u + \lambda b \mid b \in Bu,\ -b \in Au\}Zλ∗​={u+λb∣b∈Bu, −b∈Au}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7 (generalized Douglas–Rachford splitting)

Let AAA, BBB be maximal monotone, λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0, and let {zk},{uk},{vk}⊆H\{z^k\}, \{u^k\}, \{v^k\} \subseteq \mathcal H{zk},{uk},{vk}⊆H, αk,βk≥0\alpha_k, \beta_k \ge 0αk​,βk​≥0 and ρk\rho_kρk​ satisfy

∥uk−JλB(zk)∥≤βk,∥vk+1−JλA(2uk−zk)∥≤αk,zk+1=zk+ρk(vk+1−uk),\|u^k - J_{\lambda B}(z^k)\| \le \beta_k,\quad \|v^{k+1} - J_{\lambda A}(2u^k - z^k)\| \le \alpha_k,\quad z^{k+1} = z^k + \rho_k (v^{k+1} - u^k),∥uk−JλB​(zk)∥≤βk​,∥vk+1−JλA​(2uk−zk)∥≤αk​,zk+1=zk+ρk​(vk+1−uk),

with ∑αk<∞\sum \alpha_k < \infty∑αk​<∞, ∑βk<∞\sum \beta_k < \infty∑βk​<∞ and 0<inf⁡ρk≤sup⁡ρk<20 < \inf \rho_k \le \sup \rho_k < 20<infρk​≤supρk​<2. Then

zer⁡(A+B)≠∅  ⟹  zk⇀z∗ for some z∗∈Zλ∗,zer⁡(A+B)=∅  ⟹  {zk} unbounded.\operatorname{zer}(A+B) \ne \emptyset \implies z^k \rightharpoonup z^* \text{ for some } z^* \in Z^*_\lambda,\qquad \operatorname{zer}(A+B) = \emptyset \implies \{z^k\} \text{ unbounded}.zer(A+B)=∅⟹zk⇀z∗ for some z∗∈Zλ∗​,zer(A+B)=∅⟹{zk} unbounded.

Milestones

In the paper's order: Minty's theorem (Theorem 1); properties of firmly nonexpansive operators (Lemma 1); the monotone / firmly nonexpansive correspondence (Theorem 2, Corollaries 2.1–2.3); zeros as fixed points of resolvents (Lemma 2); the generalized proximal point algorithm (Theorem 3): weak convergence to a zero of TTT under summable errors, relaxation in (0,2)(0,2)(0,2) and stepsizes bounded away from 000, unboundedness when zer⁡T=∅\operatorname{zer} T = \emptysetzerT=∅; (maximal) monotonicity of Sλ,A,BS_{\lambda,A,B}Sλ,A,B​ (Theorem 4) and firm nonexpansiveness of its resolvent (Corollary 4.1); zer⁡Sλ,A,B=Zλ∗\operatorname{zer} S_{\lambda,A,B} = Z^*_\lambdazerSλ,A,B​=Zλ∗​ (Theorem 5); and (I+Sλ,A,B)−1=Gλ,A,B(I + S_{\lambda,A,B})^{-1} = G_{\lambda,A,B}(I+Sλ,A,B​)−1=Gλ,A,B​ (Theorem 6).

Significance

Theorem 7 gives convergence of Douglas–Rachford splitting with both resolvents evaluated inexactly and with over- or under-relaxation, and it characterizes the case without a solution: the iterates are unbounded exactly when A+BA + BA+B has no zero. The relaxed, inexact form is the one implementations actually run, and through Gabay's identification of ADMM with Douglas–Rachford on the dual it is the basis of the paper's Theorem 8, a convergence theorem for a generalized ADMM. Theorem 3, used to prove Theorem 7, is itself a standard reference form of the inexact relaxed proximal point algorithm.

All results here are proved in the paper (one step in the unbounded case of Theorem 3 rests on results of Rockafellar 1969 and 1970 on sums of maximal monotone operators). As of 2026, neither Douglas–Rachford splitting in this generality nor the generalized proximal point algorithm is formalized in Lean or Mathlib. Mathlib has Hilbert spaces, weak topologies and summability, but no theory of maximal monotone operators, Minty's theorem or resolvents. The mission builds that layer and machine-checks the paper's results on it.

Difficulty

The convergence argument cannot be strong: in infinite dimensions the proximal point algorithm need not converge in norm (Güler 1991), so the conclusion is weak convergence, and identifying the weak limit as a zero requires the weak–strong closedness of the graph of a maximal monotone operator. The maximality halves of Theorems 2 and 4 need Minty's theorem, whose proof requires a nontrivial existence argument (all known proofs use Zorn's lemma or an equivalent). The unbounded case of Theorem 3 is a contradiction argument that truncates TTT by the subdifferential of the indicator of a ball and invokes two external facts: maximality of the sum of two maximal monotone operators under an interiority condition (Rockafellar 1970), and existence of zeros for maximal monotone operators with bounded domain (Rockafellar 1969). Neither is available in Lean. The natural first idea for Theorem 7, iterating the firm nonexpansiveness of Gλ,A,BG_{\lambda,A,B}Gλ,A,B​, gives neither the error tolerance on both resolvents nor the unbounded case without the full machinery of Theorem 3.

Formalization scope

  • H\mathcal HH is a real inner product space that is complete ([CompleteSpace H]). An operator is a map H → Set H. Monotonicity, maximal monotonicity, dom⁡\operatorname{dom}dom, zer⁡\operatorname{zer}zer and the function-level resolvent predicate IsResolvent are the published definitions ThreeOpSplitting_Convergence_MonotoneOperators; weak convergence is the published WeakTendsto (⟨zk,y⟩→⟨z∗,y⟩\langle z^k, y\rangle \to \langle z^*, y\rangle⟨zk,y⟩→⟨z∗,y⟩ for every yyy).
  • §2 notions are graph notions (opResolvent, IsFirmlyNonexpansiveOp, ...), so Theorem 2 and Corollary 2.1 can speak of resolvents that are a priori partial or multivalued. In Theorems 3, 6 and 7 the resolvents are maps J:H→HJ : \mathcal H \to \mathcal HJ:H→H with λ−1(x−Jx)∈A(Jx)\lambda^{-1}(x - J x) \in A(Jx)λ−1(x−Jx)∈A(Jx) for all xxx, unique by Corollary 2.2.
  • Sλ,A,BS_{\lambda,A,B}Sλ,A,B​ is defined by its set formula, not as Gλ,A,B−1−IG_{\lambda,A,B}^{-1} - IGλ,A,B−1​−I; with the latter, Theorem 6 and Corollary 4.1 would be unfoldings. Taking free resolvent functions without the IsResolvent hypothesis would make the iteration unrelated to AAA and BBB; the hypothesis is always present.
  • inf⁡ρk>0\inf \rho_k > 0infρk​>0, sup⁡ρk<2\sup \rho_k < 2supρk​<2 are encoded as ∃ ρ1,ρ2\exists\, \rho_1, \rho_2∃ρ1​,ρ2​ with 0<ρ1≤ρk≤ρ2<20 < \rho_1 \le \rho_k \le \rho_2 < 20<ρ1​≤ρk​≤ρ2​<2; inf⁡ck>0\inf c_k > 0infck​>0 as ∃ c0>0\exists\, c_0 > 0∃c0​>0, c0≤ckc_0 \le c_kc0​≤ck​. Summability is Summable with nonnegative terms. Sequences start at k=0k = 0k=0; v0v^0v0 is unused. Unboundedness is ¬ Bornology.IsBounded (Set.range z).
  • Printed slips corrected and disclosed in the items: Theorem 7 states its sequences in Rn\mathbb R^nRn (read H\mathcal HH); Theorem 3 prints (1−ρk)wk(1 - \rho_k) w^k(1−ρk​)wk (read ρkwk\rho_k w^kρk​wk, as on p. 9 and in the proof) and (I+cT)−1(I + cT)^{-1}(I+cT)−1 (read (I+ckT)−1(I + c_k T)^{-1}(I+ck​T)−1).
  • Not included: Corollary 2.4, Corollaries 6.1–6.2 (special cases of Theorem 7), §5 (partial inverses, generalized ADMM). The second sentence of Corollary 6.1 (convergence of JλB(zk)J_{\lambda B}(z^k)JλB​(zk)) is deliberately excluded: its argument does not transfer weak convergence (Svaiter 2011).
  • Welcome contributions: Minty's theorem in Hilbert space, the resolvent calculus of §2, and weak-limit lemmas (Opial-type arguments) are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • J. Eckstein and D. P. Bertsekas, On the Douglas–Rachford splitting method and the proximal point algorithm for maximal monotone operators, MIT report LIDS-P-1919, 1989; Mathematical Programming 55 (1992) 293–318. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01581204
  • P.-L. Lions and B. Mercier, Splitting algorithms for the sum of two nonlinear operators, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 16 (1979) 964–979. https://doi.org/10.1137/0716071
  • G. J. Minty, Monotone (nonlinear) operators in Hilbert space, Duke Math. J. 29 (1962) 341–346. https://doi.org/10.1215/S0012-7094-62-02933-2
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Monotone operators and the proximal point algorithm, SIAM J. Control Optim. 14 (1976) 877–898. https://doi.org/10.1137/0314056
  • O. Güler, On the convergence of the proximal point algorithm for convex minimization, SIAM J. Control Optim. 29 (1991) 403–419. https://doi.org/10.1137/0329022
  • B. F. Svaiter, On weak convergence of the Douglas–Rachford method, SIAM J. Control Optim. 49 (2011) 280–287. https://doi.org/10.1137/100788100
17 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

An Inventory Model with Limited Production Capacity and Uncertain Demands I. The Average-Cost Criterion: With Finite Storage a Modified Base-Stock Policy Is Strongly Average-Cost OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

A manufacturer that makes one product to stock faces random demand, can produce at most bbb units per period, and can store at most UUU units. The classical result without the production limit is that a base-stock policy is optimal: raise inventory to a fixed level yˉ\bar yyˉ​ each period. With a production limit, the natural modification is to produce up to yˉ\bar yyˉ​ when that is possible and to produce at full capacity otherwise. Federgruen and Zipkin (1986) proved that this modified base-stock (critical-number) policy is optimal under the long-run average-cost criterion, for discrete demand with a general convex cost. Production-capacity models of this type are standard in operations management texts, and the result underlies the computational and comparative-static work that followed, starting with Part II of the same paper, which treats discounted costs.

Timeline.

  • 1950s–60s: optimality of base-stock (critical-number) policies for uncapacitated periodic-review models; see Heyman and Sobel's Stochastic Models in Operations Research, Vol. II (1984).
  • 1986: Federgruen and Zipkin, Part I (average cost, MOR 11(2):193–207) and Part II (discounted cost, MOR 11(2):208–215) establish the capacitated case. Part I handles the unbounded state space with a general average-cost theory for countable-state Markov decision processes by Federgruen, Schweitzer and Tijms (1983).

Setting

Time is divided into periods t=0,1,…t = 0, 1, \dotst=0,1,…. The demands D0,D1,…D_0, D_1, \dotsD0​,D1​,… are independent copies of a random variable DDD with values in {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\}{0,1,2,…} and probability mass function p(j)p(j)p(j); write μ=E(D)\mu = E(D)μ=E(D) and P(j)=Pr⁡{D≤j}P(j) = \Pr\{D \le j\}P(j)=Pr{D≤j}. At the start of period ttt the inventory is an integer xtx_txt​ (negative values are backorders). The decision maker raises it to

yt∈Y(xt)={y∈Z:xt≤y≤xt+b, y≤U},y_t \in Y(x_t) = \{y \in \mathbb Z : x_t \le y \le x_t + b,\ y \le U\},yt​∈Y(xt​)={y∈Z:xt​≤y≤xt​+b, y≤U},

pays the expected one-period cost G(yt)G(y_t)G(yt​), and demand is subtracted: xt+1=yt−Dtx_{t+1} = y_t - D_txt+1​=yt​−Dt​. The order cost per unit is set to zero, as in the paper; this loses no generality because every policy with finite average cost has the same average order cost.

The standing assumptions are: G≥0G \ge 0G≥0 is convex and G(y)→∞G(y) \to \inftyG(y)→∞ as ∣y∣→∞|y| \to \infty∣y∣→∞ (Assumption 1); the characteristic function of DDD is analytic at the origin (Assumption 2), and 0<μ0 < \mu0<μ; G(y)≤A+B∣y∣ρG(y) \le A + B|y|^\rhoG(y)≤A+B∣y∣ρ for some positive integer ρ\rhoρ (Assumption 3); b>μb > \mub>μ and P(b)<1P(b) < 1P(b)<1 (Assumption 4). The smallest global minimizer of GGG is yˉ∞\bar y^\inftyyˉ​∞, and U≥yˉ∞U \ge \bar y^\inftyU≥yˉ​∞.

A Markov policy is a sequence π=(π0,π1,… )\pi = (\pi_0, \pi_1, \dots)π=(π0​,π1​,…) of maps with πt(x)∈Y(x)\pi_t(x) \in Y(x)πt​(x)∈Y(x). The critical-number policy with critical number yˉ\bar yyˉ​ is δ[yˉ](x)=max⁡(x,min⁡(yˉ,x+b))\delta[\bar y](x) = \max(x, \min(\bar y, x + b))δ[yˉ​](x)=max(x,min(yˉ​,x+b)). A stationary policy δ\deltaδ is strongly optimal with average cost ggg if, from every initial state x≤Ux \le Ux≤U, its average cost t−1E{∑i<tG(yi)}t^{-1}E\{\sum_{i<t} G(y_i)\}t−1E{∑i<t​G(yi​)} converges to ggg, while every Markov policy has lim-inf average cost at least ggg from every initial state.

The analysis uses the operators Rv(y)=G(y)+E v(y−D)Rv(y) = G(y) + E\,v(y - D)Rv(y)=G(y)+Ev(y−D) and Sv(x)=min⁡y∈Y(x)Rv(y)Sv(x) = \min_{y \in Y(x)} Rv(y)Sv(x)=miny∈Y(x)​Rv(y), and the optimality equation

g+v(x)=Sv(x),x≤U.(6)g + v(x) = Sv(x),\qquad x \le U. \tag{6}g+v(x)=Sv(x),x≤U.(6)

For an interval ι=[l,u]\iota = [l, u]ι=[l,u], Hιv(x)H_\iota v(x)Hι​v(x) is the largest expected sum of v(yt)v(y_t)v(yt​), over policies forced to produce at capacity below lll and to produce nothing above uuu, until the inventory first returns to ι\iotaι.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 202)

There exist g∗g^*g∗, v∗v^*v∗ and y∗≥yˉ∞y^* \ge \bar y^\inftyy∗≥yˉ​∞ such that (g∗,v∗)(g^*, v^*)(g∗,v∗) solves (6), v∗v^*v∗ is convex with global minimizer y∗y^*y∗, and

δ∗=δ[y∗] is strongly optimal with average cost g∗.\delta^* = \delta[y^*] \text{ is strongly optimal with average cost } g^*.δ∗=δ[y∗] is strongly optimal with average cost g∗.

The y∗y^*y∗ in the optimality claim is the minimizer constructed in part (a).

Milestones

  • Lemma 2(a)–(c) (pp. 196–197): a normal-tail inequality and two series estimates.
  • Lemma 3 (p. 198): if v(x)=O(∣x∣q)v(x) = O(|x|^q)v(x)=O(∣x∣q) then Hιv(x)=O(∣x∣q+3)H_\iota v(x) = O(|x|^{q+3})Hι​v(x)=O(∣x∣q+3).
  • Corollary 1 (p. 200): Hι1=O(∣x∣3)H_\iota 1 = O(|x|^3)Hι​1=O(∣x∣3) and HιG=O(∣x∣ρ+3)H_\iota G = O(|x|^{\rho+3})Hι​G=O(∣x∣ρ+3), both finite.
  • Corollary 2 (p. 201): (t+1)−1P[δ0t]⋯P[δtt](Hι1+HιG)(x)→0(t+1)^{-1}P[\delta_{0t}]\cdots P[\delta_{tt}](H_\iota 1 + H_\iota G)(x) \to 0(t+1)−1P[δ0t​]⋯P[δtt​](Hι​1+Hι​G)(x)→0.
  • Lemma 4 (p. 201): reachability of every state in [L,U−D−][L, U - D_-][L,U−D−​] under some policy that produces at capacity below LLL.
  • Lemma 5 (p. 202): SSS and QQQ preserve the class VVV of convex functions of growth O(∣x∣ρ+3)O(|x|^{\rho+3})O(∣x∣ρ+3) that are nonincreasing below yˉ∞\bar y^\inftyyˉ​∞.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 reduces an infinite-state average-cost control problem to a one-parameter search over critical numbers. The paper then evaluates the average cost of δ[yˉ]\delta[\bar y]δ[yˉ​] by a renewal formula, proves it convex in yˉ\bar yyˉ​ (Theorem 2), and in §5 extends optimality to unlimited storage. The strong form of optimality matters: it compares with every Markov policy from every starting state, and it compares lim-infs, not only lim-sups.

Formalizing it. The theorem has a published proof, but no machine-checked one, and its proof relies on external results that are themselves unformalized: the countable-state average-cost theory of Federgruen, Schweitzer and Tijms, a fixed-point theorem on a compact convex subset of a product space, and a large-deviation estimate quoted from Feller. A formal development produces reusable infrastructure: expected first-passage sums for integer-valued random walks with a reflecting control, polynomial moment bounds for them, and the convexity-preservation argument for capacitated value iteration.

Difficulty

The state space is unbounded below, so the finite-state theory of average-cost Markov decision processes does not apply, and the one-period cost is unbounded. The obvious approach, letting the discount factor tend to one in the discounted problem, needs uniform bounds on relative value functions. Those bounds come from the expected cost until the inventory returns to a fixed interval, and with capacity limits that expectation must be controlled with growth O(∣x∣ρ+3)O(|x|^{\rho+3})O(∣x∣ρ+3) uniformly over a class of policies. This is the content of Lemma 3, whose proof combines a large-deviation estimate for the demand sums with a renewal-type recursion. A second obstacle is strong optimality: comparing with policies whose lim-inf average cost is smaller requires that the relative value function grows sublinearly along every admissible trajectory (Corollary 2).

Formalization scope

All objects are in the namespace FedergruenZipkin.AvgCost, defined in one file. States x,yx, yx,y and the capacity UUU are integers; demands are natural numbers with a real probability mass function p; bbb is a positive natural number. Convexity on Z\mathbb ZZ is the second-difference inequality. Expectations of a real function are series ∑jp(j) v(y−j)\sum_j p(j)\,v(y-j)∑j​p(j)v(y−j); expected policy costs and hitting sums are [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued and need no integrability side condition. Feasibility and all properties of value functions are required only on states x≤Ux \le Ux≤U, which are the only states visited. Assumption 2 is stated literally, as real-analyticity of θ↦∑jp(j)eiθj\theta \mapsto \sum_j p(j)e^{i\theta j}θ↦∑j​p(j)eiθj at 000. The order cost is zero, as in the paper. yˉ∞\bar y^\inftyyˉ​∞ is a parameter characterised as the least minimizer of GGG, not an infimum.

"Strongly optimal" has no displayed definition in the paper; it is read from eq. (7) in the proof of Theorem 1(b): convergence of the average cost of δ∗\delta^*δ∗ to g∗g^*g∗ from every state, together with a lim-inf lower bound for every Markov (memoryless, possibly nonstationary) policy from every state. The class is neither widened to history-dependent policies nor narrowed to stationary ones. The goal additionally records that E v∗(y−D)E\,v^*(y-D)Ev∗(y−D) converges, that v∗v^*v∗ has growth O(∣x∣ρ+3)O(|x|^{\rho+3})O(∣x∣ρ+3), and that g∗≥0g^* \ge 0g∗≥0; all three follow from the paper's proof.

A trivializing reading is ruled out: the existence of ggg, vvv and y∗y^*y∗ is one existential, so y∗y^*y∗ cannot be decoupled from the solution of (6), and strong optimality includes the convergence of δ∗\delta^*δ∗'s own average cost to g∗g^*g∗, so g=0g = 0g=0 does not satisfy it vacuously.

Not posed: Lemma 1 (quoted from Feller, and replaceable by a Chernoff bound); the renewal formulas (10)–(11) and Theorem 2; and §5 (unlimited storage). Useful contributions include a formal theory of expected hitting sums for skip-free-upward random walks, and a proof of Lemma 3 by any route.

Selected references

  • A. Federgruen and P. Zipkin, An Inventory Model with Limited Production Capacity and Uncertain Demands I. The Average-Cost Criterion, Mathematics of Operations Research 11(2):193–207, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.11.2.193
  • A. Federgruen and P. Zipkin, An Inventory Model with Limited Production Capacity and Uncertain Demands II. The Discounted-Cost Criterion, Mathematics of Operations Research 11(2):208–215, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.11.2.208
  • A. Federgruen, P. J. Schweitzer and H. C. Tijms, Denumerable Undiscounted Semi-Markov Decision Processes with Unbounded Rewards, Mathematics of Operations Research 8(2):298–314, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.8.2.298
  • D. P. Heyman and M. J. Sobel, Stochastic Models in Operations Research, Vol. II, McGraw-Hill, 1984.
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. II, 2nd ed., Wiley, 1971.
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Twice Regularized MDPs and the Equivalence Between Robustness and Regularization 1: The Robust Value Function Is the Optimum of a Policy- and Value-Regularized Convex ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision process (MDP) is solved for one model of its dynamics and rewards, but in practice that model is estimated from data, and a policy that is optimal for the estimate can perform poorly on the true system (Mannor et al., 2007). Robust MDPs address this by evaluating a policy against the worst model in an uncertainty set U\mathcal UU (Iyengar, 2005; Nilim and El Ghaoui, 2005; Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem, 2013). Robust planning, however, solves an inner optimization over U\mathcal UU at every Bellman update, which is expensive and does not scale to learning settings.

A separate line of work regularizes the policy (entropy, KL, Tsallis penalties) and observes empirically that regularized policies are robust to perturbations (Geist, Scherrer and Pietquin, 2019). Derman, Geist and Mannor (arXiv:2110.06267, NeurIPS 2021) make this precise: for uncertainty sets centred at a nominal model, the robust value function is the solution of a regularized problem posed on the nominal model alone, with a regularizer that is the support function of the uncertainty set. This mission formalizes that equivalence: Proposition 3.1, Theorem 3.1 and Theorem 4.1 of the paper.

Setting

Let S\mathcal SS and A\mathcal AA be finite sets of states and actions, A\mathcal AA nonempty, and X:=S×A\mathcal X := \mathcal S\times\mathcal AX:=S×A. Fix a discount factor γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and a strictly positive initial distribution μ0∈ΔS\mu_0\in\Delta_{\mathcal S}μ0​∈ΔS​. A transition kernel PPP assigns to every pair (s,a)(s,a)(s,a) a probability distribution P(⋅∣s,a)P(\cdot\mid s,a)P(⋅∣s,a) on S\mathcal SS; a reward is r∈RXr\in\mathbb R^{\mathcal X}r∈RX. A policy π∈ΔAS\pi\in\Delta_{\mathcal A}^{\mathcal S}π∈ΔAS​ assigns to every state an action distribution πs\pi_sπs​.

For v∈RSv\in\mathbb R^{\mathcal S}v∈RS write rπ(s)=∑aπs(a)r(s,a)r^\pi(s) = \sum_a\pi_s(a)r(s,a)rπ(s)=∑a​πs​(a)r(s,a), Pπ(s′∣s)=∑aπs(a)P(s′∣s,a)P^\pi(s'\mid s) = \sum_a\pi_s(a)P(s'\mid s,a)Pπ(s′∣s)=∑a​πs​(a)P(s′∣s,a), and define the evaluation Bellman operator

T(P,r)πv:=rπ+γPπv.T^\pi_{(P,r)}v := r^\pi + \gamma P^\pi v .T(P,r)π​v:=rπ+γPπv.

The inner product on RS\mathbb R^{\mathcal S}RS is ⟨v,μ⟩=∑sv(s)μ(s)\langle v,\mu\rangle = \sum_s v(s)\mu(s)⟨v,μ⟩=∑s​v(s)μ(s), and the support function of a set C⊆RιC\subseteq\mathbb R^{\iota}C⊆Rι is σC(y)=max⁡a∈C⟨a,y⟩\sigma_C(y) = \max_{a\in C}\langle a,y\rangleσC​(y)=maxa∈C​⟨a,y⟩.

Given a set U\mathcal UU of models (P,r)(P,r)(P,r), the robust Bellman operator is

[Tπ,Uv](s):=min⁡(P,r)∈UT(P,r)πv(s),[T^{\pi,\mathcal U}v](s) := \min_{(P,r)\in\mathcal U}T^\pi_{(P,r)}v(s),[Tπ,Uv](s):=(P,r)∈Umin​T(P,r)π​v(s),

and the robust value function vπ,Uv^{\pi,\mathcal U}vπ,U is its fixed point. Around a nominal model (P0,r0)(P_0,r_0)(P0​,r0​), an s-rectangular uncertainty set U=(P0+P)×(r0+R)\mathcal U = (P_0+\mathcal P)\times(r_0+\mathcal R)U=(P0​+P)×(r0​+R) is given by sets Ps⊆RX\mathcal P_s\subseteq\mathbb R^{\mathcal X}Ps​⊆RX and Rs⊆RA\mathcal R_s\subseteq\mathbb R^{\mathcal A}Rs​⊆RA, one per state: its models are P(s′∣s,a)=P0(s′∣s,a)+Ps(s′,a)P(s'\mid s,a) = P_0(s'\mid s,a)+P_s(s',a)P(s′∣s,a)=P0​(s′∣s,a)+Ps​(s′,a) and r(s,a)=r0(s,a)+rs(a)r(s,a) = r_0(s,a)+r_s(a)r(s,a)=r0​(s,a)+rs​(a), with Ps∈PsP_s\in\mathcal P_sPs​∈Ps​ and rs∈Rsr_s\in\mathcal R_srs​∈Rs​ chosen independently for each sss. Finally [v⋅πs](s′,a):=v(s′)πs(a)[v\cdot\pi_s](s',a) := v(s')\pi_s(a)[v⋅πs​](s′,a):=v(s′)πs​(a).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (general robust MDP)

For U=(P0+P)×(r0+R)\mathcal U = (P_0+\mathcal P)\times(r_0+\mathcal R)U=(P0​+P)×(r0​+R) and every policy π\piπ, Tπ,UT^{\pi,\mathcal U}Tπ,U has a unique fixed point vπ,Uv^{\pi,\mathcal U}vπ,U, and it is the optimal solution of

max⁡v∈RS⟨v,μ0⟩s.t.v(s)≤T(P0,r0)πv(s)−σRs(−πs)−σPs(−γv⋅πs)∀s∈S.(2)\max_{v\in\mathbb R^{\mathcal S}}\langle v,\mu_0\rangle\quad\text{s.t.}\quad v(s)\le T^\pi_{(P_0,r_0)}v(s)-\sigma_{\mathcal R_s}(-\pi_s)-\sigma_{\mathcal P_s}(-\gamma v\cdot\pi_s)\quad\forall s\in\mathcal S. \tag{2}v∈RSmax​⟨v,μ0​⟩s.t.v(s)≤T(P0​,r0​)π​v(s)−σRs​​(−πs​)−σPs​​(−γv⋅πs​)∀s∈S.(2)

Milestones

  1. Proposition 3.1. For any uncertainty set U=P×R\mathcal U = \mathcal P\times\mathcal RU=P×R with P\mathcal PP a nonempty compact set of kernels and R\mathcal RR a nonempty compact set of rewards, vπ,Uv^{\pi,\mathcal U}vπ,U is the optimal solution of the robust program \max_{v}\langle v,\mu_0\rangle\quad\text{s.t.}\quad v\le T^\pi_{(P,r)}v\ \ \forall(P,r)\in\mathcal U. \tag{$P_{\mathcal U}$}
  2. Theorem 3.1. For U={P0}×(r0+R)\mathcal U=\{P_0\}\times(r_0+\mathcal R)U={P0​}×(r0​+R), vπ,Uv^{\pi,\mathcal U}vπ,U is the optimal solution of max⁡v⟨v,μ0⟩\max_v\langle v,\mu_0\ranglemaxv​⟨v,μ0​⟩ s.t. v(s)≤T(P0,r0)πv(s)−σRs(−πs)v(s)\le T^\pi_{(P_0,r_0)}v(s)-\sigma_{\mathcal R_s}(-\pi_s)v(s)≤T(P0​,r0​)π​v(s)−σRs​​(−πs​) for all sss.
  3. Robust counterpart (proof of Theorem 4.1, App. B.1). For every vvv and sss,
max⁡(P,r)∈U{v(s)−rπ(s)−γPπv(s)}=σPs(−γv⋅πs)+σRs(−πs)+v(s)−T(P0,r0)πv(s).\max_{(P,r)\in\mathcal U}\{v(s)-r^\pi(s)-\gamma P^\pi v(s)\} = \sigma_{\mathcal P_s}(-\gamma v\cdot\pi_s)+\sigma_{\mathcal R_s}(-\pi_s)+v(s)-T^\pi_{(P_0,r_0)}v(s).(P,r)∈Umax​{v(s)−rπ(s)−γPπv(s)}=σPs​​(−γv⋅πs​)+σRs​​(−πs​)+v(s)−T(P0​,r0​)π​v(s).

Theorem 3.1 is the special case Ps={0}\mathcal P_s=\{0\}Ps​={0} of the goal; it is listed separately because it is the paper's statement that policy regularization is equivalent to reward uncertainty.

Significance

The goal says that a robust MDP with s-rectangular uncertainty in both reward and transitions is a regularized MDP on the nominal model, with two regularizers: a policy regularizer σRs(−πs)\sigma_{\mathcal R_s}(-\pi_s)σRs​​(−πs​) coming from reward uncertainty, and a regularizer σPs(−γv⋅πs)\sigma_{\mathcal P_s}(-\gamma v\cdot\pi_s)σPs​​(−γv⋅πs​) coming from transition uncertainty that depends on both the policy and the value. For ball-shaped sets these support functions are explicit (αsr∥πs∥\alpha^r_s\|\pi_s\|αsr​∥πs​∥ and αsPγ∥v∥∥πs∥\alpha^P_s\gamma\|v\|\|\pi_s\|αsP​γ∥v∥∥πs​∥, Corollary 4.1 of the paper), which leads to the twice regularized (R²) Bellman operators of Section 5 and to robust planning at the cost of non-robust planning. Theorem 3.1 also explains why standard policy regularizers (negative entropy, KL, Tsallis) yield robustness: each is the support function of a reward uncertainty set.

The results are proved in the paper (appendices A.1, A.2, B.1); none has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces formal statements and proofs of the equivalence, the robust Bellman operator's fixed-point theory for stochastic policies and general compact uncertainty sets, and a closed-form robust counterpart that later R² results can import. The paper's printed proof of Proposition 3.1 treats Tπ,UT^{\pi,\mathcal U}Tπ,U as linear in one step; a formal proof settles the statement independently of that step.

Difficulty

The obvious argument reads Proposition 3.1 as linear-programming duality, as for a single MDP. That fails: Tπ,UT^{\pi,\mathcal U}Tπ,U is a minimum of affine maps, hence concave and not affine, and the feasible set of (PU)(P_{\mathcal U})(PU​) is an intersection of infinitely many half-space systems; the argument has to go through monotonicity and contraction of Tπ,UT^{\pi,\mathcal U}Tπ,U, which in turn requires every model in U\mathcal UU to be a genuine transition kernel. For the goal, the paper invokes Fenchel–Rockafellar duality to evaluate the inner maximum; the work in Lean is to separate the maximum over the product set U\mathcal UU into per-state maxima, which needs the s-rectangular structure and attainment of every maximum (compactness), and to track the index order of the perturbation Ps(s′,a)P_s(s',a)Ps​(s′,a) against the kernel P(s′∣s,a)P(s'\mid s,a)P(s′∣s,a).

Formalization scope

  • States and actions are finite types, A nonempty; values are S → ℝ ordered pointwise; a transition array is P : S → A → S → ℝ with P s a s' =P(s′∣s,a)=P(s'\mid s,a)=P(s′∣s,a), and the kernel property is the published IsTransitionKernel; Pπ(s′∣s)P^\pi(s'\mid s)Pπ(s′∣s) is the published InducedTransition. A policy has π s ∈ stdSimplex ℝ A for every s.
  • Perturbations PsP_sPs​ are functions S × A → ℝ indexed (s′,a)(s',a)(s′,a), as in the paper's RX\mathbb R^{\mathcal X}RX; rewards perturbations are A → ℝ.
  • Minima and maxima (in Tπ,UT^{\pi,\mathcal U}Tπ,U and in σ\sigmaσ) are real sInf/sSup. Every theorem assumes the sets nonempty and compact, so these are attained; nothing is quantified over an unbounded set.
  • The robust value function is encoded as the fixed point of Tπ,UT^{\pi,\mathcal U}Tπ,U, and each theorem asserts its existence and uniqueness. The paper's definition vπ,U(s)=min⁡(P,r)∈Uv(P,r)π(s)v^{\pi,\mathcal U}(s)=\min_{(P,r)\in\mathcal U}v^\pi_{(P,r)}(s)vπ,U(s)=min(P,r)∈U​v(P,r)π​(s) (p. 4) coincides with it for rectangular sets by a cited result; the proofs use only the fixed-point property. For the non-rectangular sets of Proposition 3.1 the pointwise minimum can be strictly larger than the fixed point and is then not the optimum of (PU)(P_{\mathcal U})(PU​), so the fixed point is the object the proposition is true for.
  • "The optimal solution" means: feasible, objective-maximal, and the unique maximizer (uniqueness uses μ0>0\mu_0>0μ0​>0).
  • Disclosed hypotheses: U=P×R\mathcal U=\mathcal P\times\mathcal RU=P×R with P\mathcal PP, R\mathcal RR nonempty and compact and every transition in P\mathcal PP a kernel (Prop. 3.1); Ps\mathcal P_sPs​, Rs\mathcal R_sRs​ nonempty and compact and every perturbed row P0(⋅∣s,a)+Ps(⋅,a)P_0(\cdot\mid s,a)+P_s(\cdot,a)P0​(⋅∣s,a)+Ps​(⋅,a) in ΔS\Delta_{\mathcal S}ΔS​ (Thm 4.1); reward sets rectangular in Thm 3.1, as its proof uses. These are the robust-MDP standing assumptions of p. 4 (P⊆ΔSX\mathcal P\subseteq\Delta^{\mathcal X}_{\mathcal S}P⊆ΔSX​) and what makes "min" and "max" well defined.
  • Not drafted: Corollary 4.1, whose ℓ²-ball Ps\mathcal P_sPs​ contains perturbations that leave the simplex, so P0+PP_0+\mathcal PP0​+P is not a set of kernels; Corollary 3.1 and Proposition 3.2 (consequences after the goal; Prop. 3.2 depends on an unspecified policy parametrization).
  • A formalization that asserts only that the feasible sets of (PU)(P_{\mathcal U})(PU​) and (2) coincide, or that drops the kernel condition or the existence of the fixed point, does not count: the goal names the robust value function and its optimality.
  • "Convex" in the statement of Theorem 4.1 is descriptive and is not part of the formal goal.

Contributions welcome: the monotone-contraction fixed-point lemma for Tπ,UT^{\pi,\mathcal U}Tπ,U and the per-state separation of maxima over rectangular sets are reusable for any robust MDP mission.

Selected references

  • E. Derman, M. Geist, S. Mannor, Twice regularized MDPs and the equivalence between robustness and regularization, NeurIPS 2021. arXiv:2110.06267v1
  • G. N. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2), 2005. doi:10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • A. Nilim, L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition matrices, Operations Research 53(5), 2005. doi:10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, B. Rustem, Robust Markov decision processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 38(1), 2013. doi:10.1287/moor.1120.0566
  • M. Geist, B. Scherrer, O. Pietquin, A theory of regularized Markov decision processes, ICML 2019. PMLR 97
  • S. Mannor, D. Simester, P. Sun, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Bias and variance approximation in value function estimates, Management Science 53(2), 2007. doi:10.1287/mnsc.1060.0614
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

The Strong Perfect Graph Theorem I: A Graph Is Perfect If and Only If It Is BergeResearch Paper

Motivation

A perfect graph is one whose coloring problem has a particularly sharp answer on every induced subgraph: the fewest colors needed is exactly the size of its largest clique. This makes a local obstruction, a clique, certify the optimum number of colors throughout the graph. Claude Berge proposed in 1961 that perfection could be recognized by the absence of two kinds of induced odd cycles, one in the graph and one in its complement. The equivalence became known as the strong perfect graph conjecture. Chudnovsky, Robertson, Seymour, and Thomas proved it in their 2006 paper, which also proves a structural decomposition of the graphs under study. The paper connects this question to graph coloring, Shannon capacity, and linear and integer programming. Chudnovsky et al., pp. 51–54

The earlier complement theorem was proved by Lovász in 1972 and appears as Theorem 1.1 in the paper. The strong conjecture remained unresolved for roughly four decades; the authors' Theorem 1.2 settles it. Their proof places a second result, Theorem 1.3, beside the equivalence: a graph with no forbidden odd hole or antihole must either belong to a basic class or admit one of several specified decompositions. The graph classes and decompositions are therefore part of the statement of the route to the main result, not merely vocabulary for a proof. Chudnovsky et al., pp. 52–56

Setting

All graphs here are finite and simple. The complement G‾\overline GG has the same vertices as GGG, and two distinct vertices are adjacent in G‾\overline GG exactly when they are not adjacent in GGG. For a vertex set XXX, the notation G∣XG|XG∣X means the induced subgraph on XXX. A clique is a set of pairwise adjacent vertices. Its largest possible size in a graph HHH is ω(H)\omega(H)ω(H), and χ(H)\chi(H)χ(H) is the minimum number of colors in a proper vertex coloring of HHH.

A hole is an induced cycle of length at least four. An antihole of GGG is a hole in G‾\overline GG. A graph is Berge if every hole and antihole has even length. Thus a perfect graph requires χ(G∣X)=ω(G∣X)\chi(G|X)=\omega(G|X)χ(G∣X)=ω(G∣X) for every X⊆V(G)X\subseteq V(G)X⊆V(G), while a Berge graph satisfies a restriction on induced cycles in both GGG and G‾\overline GG. “Induced” matters: a cycle with a chord is not a hole. Chudnovsky et al., pp. 51–52

For the structural milestones, a basic graph is a bipartite graph, the complement of one, a line graph of a bipartite graph, the complement of such a line graph, or a double split graph. The latter consists of paired vertices ai,bia_i,b_iai​,bi​ and cj,djc_j,d_jcj​,dj​ with the within-pair and between-pair adjacencies specified on pp. 52–53. A proper 2-join partitions the vertices into two sides with two prescribed complete cross-edge blocks, connected-component conditions on both sides, and a special odd-path condition. A proper homogeneous pair is a pair of vertex sets whose outside vertices split into four nonempty adjacency classes. A balanced skew partition has one side disconnected and the other disconnected in the complement, together with parity restrictions on induced paths and antipaths. Chudnovsky et al., pp. 52–54

Formalization targets

Theorem 1.2: perfection and the Berge property

The goal is the exact equivalence for every finite simple graph:

G is perfect⟺G is Berge.G\text{ is perfect}\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad G\text{ is Berge}.G is perfect⟺G is Berge.

No order bound, chosen graph class, or decomposition hypothesis is attached to the goal. Chudnovsky et al., p. 52, 1.2

Structural and reduction milestones

Theorem 1.1 says that GGG perfect implies G‾\overline GG perfect. Theorem 1.5 says that a minimum imperfect graph, a Berge nonperfect graph with the smallest vertex count among all such graphs, cannot admit a balanced skew partition. Theorem 13.5 says that a recalcitrant graph—a Berge graph with the listed line-graph, double-split, 2-join, homogeneous-pair, and balanced-skew outcomes absent—has GGG or G‾\overline GG bipartite. Theorem 1.3 states the decomposition conclusion:

G Berge⟹G basic ∨ G or G‾ has a proper 2-join ∨ G has a proper homogeneous pair ∨ G has a balanced skew partition.G\text{ Berge}\Longrightarrow G\text{ basic}\ \lor\ G\text{ or }\overline G\text{ has a proper 2-join}\ \lor\ G\text{ has a proper homogeneous pair}\ \lor\ G\text{ has a balanced skew partition}.G Berge⟹G basic ∨ G or G has a proper 2-join ∨ G has a proper homogeneous pair ∨ G has a balanced skew partition.

The milestone order records the two reduction results, the later structural capstone, and the decomposition statement it yields. The paper's other section results that establish 13.5 are posed in the remaining missions of this series. Chudnovsky et al., pp. 52, 54–55, 154

Significance

Theorem 1.2 gives a forbidden-induced-subgraph characterization of perfect graphs. Its cycle condition is intrinsic to the graph and its complement; its coloring condition quantifies over every induced subgraph. Together with Theorem 1.3, it ties a numerical property of colorings to explicit graph structures and separations. The complement theorem and the exclusion of decompositions for a minimum imperfect graph explain why the structural alternatives have the strength needed for the equivalence. Chudnovsky et al., pp. 52–56

The mathematical theorem was proved in the cited paper. This mission poses its statements in Lean and seeks machine-checked proofs; the draft theorem declarations are open targets. The definition layer is useful beyond this mission: induced holes, Berge graphs, perfection, balanced skew partitions, and the decomposition predicates can support the later missions without changing what each source statement means. No machine-checked proof of these draft targets is claimed here.

Difficulty

The forward implication can be tested on induced odd cycles, but that observation does not settle the converse. Excluding odd holes and antiholes does not give an immediate coloring of an arbitrary induced subgraph. The paper instead establishes a detailed account of what a Berge graph can look like when it is not in a basic class. The delicate point in turning this account into Theorem 1.2 is that each decomposition outcome must be incompatible with a minimum imperfect graph. Ordinary skew partitions are too broad for that role; the balanced parity conditions are part of the statement. The structural conclusion 13.5 collects restrictions established across many later sections, so formalizing its prerequisites is a substantial graph-theoretic task. Chudnovsky et al., pp. 52–56, 154

Formalization scope

Lean uses SimpleGraph V with finite vertices, decidable vertex equality, and the Mathlib complement, induced subgraph, chromatic number, clique number, bipartiteness, and line graph. A hole is a list in cyclic order whose adjacency relation agrees exactly with the cycle edges; a path is likewise listed in one orientation with exactly its consecutive edges. Antiholes and antipaths use the complement graph. The empty vertex set is connected, matching p. 54. The double split partition is encoded by an equivalence from the four indexed parts to the whole vertex type, making disjointness and coverage explicit. A minimum imperfect graph is globally minimal by vertex count, among all finite Berge graphs.

No hypothesis beyond the paper's finite, simple graph convention is added to the goal or numbered milestones. In particular, “Berge” includes holes in both GGG and G‾\overline GG; “perfect” ranges over every induced subgraph; and the complement occurs only in those decomposition outcomes where the paper places it. A non-induced cycle or a missing complement condition would make the formal target different. The definitions and Lean proofs of the graph classes, their boundary cases, and the structural milestones are welcome contributions. Later missions pose the paper's intervening numbered results rather than duplicating them here.

Selected references

  • Maria Chudnovsky, Neil Robertson, Paul Seymour, and Robin Thomas, The strong perfect graph theorem, Annals of Mathematics 164 (2006), 51–229. DOI 10.4007/annals.2006.164.51.
16 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantifying the Bullwhip Effect in a Simple Supply Chain: The Impact of Forecasting, Lead Times, and Information 1: Centralizing Demand Information Does Not Eliminate the Bullwhip EffectResearch Paper

Motivation

The bullwhip effect is the observation that the variability of orders increases as one moves up a supply chain, from the retailer towards the manufacturer and its suppliers. It was documented in industry and in classroom experiments such as the Beer Game (Sterman 1989), and analysed by Lee, Padmanabhan and Whang (1997), who named demand forecasting, lead times, batch ordering, rationing and price variations as its main causes. A remedy often proposed is to centralize demand information: give every stage of the chain the customer demand data, so that no stage forecasts from the distorted orders of its downstream neighbour.

Chen, Drezner, Ryan and Simchi-Levi (2000) quantified the effect for a retailer that forecasts with a moving average and orders with an order-up-to policy. They gave an explicit lower bound on the ratio of the order variance to the demand variance in terms of the lead time, the forecasting window and the demand autocorrelation. They then showed that in a multistage chain with fully centralized demand information this ratio still grows with the total lead time upstream of each stage. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 3.1 of the paper, together with the single-stage analysis it rests on.

Setting

Time is indexed by the integers. The customer demands DtD_tDt​ seen by the retailer follow the AR(1) model

Dt=μ+ρDt−1+ϵt,(1)D_t = \mu + \rho D_{t-1} + \epsilon_t, \tag{1}Dt​=μ+ρDt−1​+ϵt​,(1)

where μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0, ∣ρ∣<1|\rho| < 1∣ρ∣<1, and the errors ϵt\epsilon_tϵt​ are independent and identically distributed from a symmetric distribution with mean 000 and variance σ2\sigma^2σ2. The demand is in steady state, so that E(Dt)=μ/(1−ρ)E(D_t) = \mu/(1-\rho)E(Dt​)=μ/(1−ρ) and Var(D)=Var(Dt)=σ2/(1−ρ2)\mathrm{Var}(D) = \mathrm{Var}(D_t) = \sigma^2/(1-\rho^2)Var(D)=Var(Dt​)=σ2/(1−ρ2) for every ttt.

The retailer does not know the demand process. With a window of p≥1p \ge 1p≥1 past observations it forms the moving-average estimates

D^tL=L ∑i=1pDt−ip,et=Dt−D^t1,σ^etL=CL,ρ∑i=1pet−i2p,\hat D^L_t = L\,\frac{\sum_{i=1}^p D_{t-i}}{p}, \qquad e_t = D_t - \hat D^1_t, \qquad \hat\sigma^L_{et} = C_{L,\rho}\sqrt{\frac{\sum_{i=1}^p e_{t-i}^2}{p}},D^tL​=Lp∑i=1p​Dt−i​​,et​=Dt​−D^t1​,σ^etL​=CL,ρ​p∑i=1p​et−i2​​​,

where LLL is the lead-time parameter (L=1L = 1L=1 means an order placed at the end of period ttt arrives at the start of period t+1t+1t+1) and CL,ρC_{L,\rho}CL,ρ​ is a constant the paper leaves unspecified. The order-up-to point is yt=D^tL+z σ^etLy_t = \hat D^L_t + z\,\hat\sigma^L_{et}yt​=D^tL​+zσ^etL​ for a safety factor zzz, and the order placed in period ttt is qt=yt−yt−1+Dt−1q_t = y_t - y_{t-1} + D_{t-1}qt​=yt​−yt−1​+Dt−1​. It may be negative: excess inventory is returned without cost.

In the multistage chain with centralized information, stages k=1,2,…k = 1, 2, \dotsk=1,2,… (stage 111 is the retailer) all observe DtD_tDt​ and use the same estimate D^t=∑i=1pDt−i/p\hat D_t = \sum_{i=1}^p D_{t-i}/pD^t​=∑i=1p​Dt−i​/p. Stage kkk has lead time LkL_kLk​ and safety factor zkz_kzk​ and uses the order-up-to point ytk=LkD^t+zkσ^etLky^k_t = L_k\hat D_t + z_k\hat\sigma^{L_k}_{et}ytk​=Lk​D^t​+zk​σ^etLk​​. Following the paper's sequence of events, stage 111 orders qt1=yt1−yt−11+Dt−1q^1_t = y^1_t - y^1_{t-1} + D_{t-1}qt1​=yt1​−yt−11​+Dt−1​, and stage k≥2k \ge 2k≥2, receiving qtk−1q^{k-1}_tqtk−1​, orders qtk=ytk−yt−1k+qtk−1q^k_t = y^k_t - y^k_{t-1} + q^{k-1}_tqtk​=ytk​−yt−1k​+qtk−1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (p. 441)

For every stage k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 and every period ttt,

Var(qtk)Var(D)≥1+(2∑i=1kLip+2(∑i=1kLi)2p2)(1−ρp),\frac{\mathrm{Var}(q^k_t)}{\mathrm{Var}(D)} \ge 1 + \left(\frac{2\sum_{i=1}^k L_i}{p} + \frac{2\left(\sum_{i=1}^k L_i\right)^2}{p^2}\right)(1-\rho^p),Var(D)Var(qtk​)​≥1+​p2∑i=1k​Li​​+p22(∑i=1k​Li​)2​​(1−ρp),

with equality when z1=⋯=zk=0z_1 = \dots = z_k = 0z1​=⋯=zk​=0. The bound holds for every choice of the constants CLk,ρC_{L_k,\rho}CLk​,ρ​ and of the safety factors.

Milestones (p. 438)

  1. The AR(1) moments Var(Dt)=σ2/(1−ρ2)\mathrm{Var}(D_t) = \sigma^2/(1-\rho^2)Var(Dt​)=σ2/(1−ρ2) and Cov(Dt−1,Dt−p−1)=ρpσ2/(1−ρ2)\mathrm{Cov}(D_{t-1}, D_{t-p-1}) = \rho^p\sigma^2/(1-\rho^2)Cov(Dt−1​,Dt−p−1​)=ρpσ2/(1−ρ2).
  2. Eq. (4): qt=(1+L/p)Dt−1−(L/p)Dt−p−1+z(σ^etL−σ^e,t−1L)q_t = (1 + L/p)D_{t-1} - (L/p)D_{t-p-1} + z(\hat\sigma^L_{et} - \hat\sigma^L_{e,t-1})qt​=(1+L/p)Dt−1​−(L/p)Dt−p−1​+z(σ^etL​−σ^e,t−1L​) for every outcome.
  3. Lemma 2.1: Cov(Dt−i,σ^etL)=0\mathrm{Cov}(D_{t-i}, \hat\sigma^L_{et}) = 0Cov(Dt−i​,σ^etL​)=0 for i=1,…,pi = 1, \dots, pi=1,…,p.
  4. The variance identity after Eq. (4):
Var(qt)=[1+(2Lp+2L2p2)(1−ρp)]Var(D)+2z(1+2Lp)Cov(Dt−1,σ^etL)+z2 Var(σ^etL−σ^e,t−1L).\mathrm{Var}(q_t) = \left[1 + \left(\tfrac{2L}{p} + \tfrac{2L^2}{p^2}\right)(1-\rho^p)\right]\mathrm{Var}(D) + 2z\left(1+\tfrac{2L}{p}\right)\mathrm{Cov}(D_{t-1}, \hat\sigma^L_{et}) + z^2\,\mathrm{Var}(\hat\sigma^L_{et} - \hat\sigma^L_{e,t-1}).Var(qt​)=[1+(p2L​+p22L2​)(1−ρp)]Var(D)+2z(1+p2L​)Cov(Dt−1​,σ^etL​)+z2Var(σ^etL​−σ^e,t−1L​).
  1. Theorem 2.2, the single-stage case:
Var(q)Var(D)≥1+(2Lp+2L2p2)(1−ρp),(5)\frac{\mathrm{Var}(q)}{\mathrm{Var}(D)} \ge 1 + \left(\frac{2L}{p} + \frac{2L^2}{p^2}\right)(1-\rho^p), \tag{5}Var(D)Var(q)​≥1+(p2L​+p22L2​)(1−ρp),(5)

with equality when z=0z = 0z=0.

Significance

Theorem 2.2 shows that forecasting with a positive lead time is enough to make orders more variable than demand, even for independent demands (ρ=0\rho = 0ρ=0). It also says how the effect depends on each parameter: the bound decreases in the window ppp and increases in the lead time LLL. Theorem 3.1 is the paper's answer to the centralization remedy. When every stage sees the true customer demand and uses the same forecast and the same policy, the variability of orders at stage kkk is still bounded below by the single-stage expression with the cumulative lead time ∑i≤kLi\sum_{i\le k}L_i∑i≤k​Li​. Centralization reduces the bullwhip effect but does not remove it. The decentralized comparison (Theorem 3.2, where the bound becomes multiplicative across stages) is a separate mission in this series.

On the formalization side, the Gaussian special case of the single-stage results is on the platform. Snyder and Shen's Fundamentals of Supply Chain Theory states Theorem 2.2, Lemma 2.1, Eq. (4) and the AR(1) moments for normally distributed errors, as the items SupplyChainTheory.bullwhip_signal_processing, bullwhip_lemma_13_1, bullwhip_order_identity and ar1_moments. This mission states them under the paper's weaker hypothesis of a symmetric error distribution. The multistage Theorem 3.1 has no machine-checked counterpart. The paper proves only Theorem 2.2 in print. For the proofs of Lemma 2.1 and Theorem 3.1 it refers to Ryan (1997) and to a working paper, so a formalization supplies arguments the published article does not contain.

Difficulty

Most of the algebra is routine. The difficulty is Lemma 2.1 and the covariances like it. The estimate σ^etL\hat\sigma^L_{et}σ^etL​ is a square root of a quadratic form in past demands, so its covariance with a demand cannot be computed from second moments. Under Gaussian errors one can appeal to properties of Gaussian vectors. With only a symmetric error law, every distributional fact has to come from the symmetry of the errors and from the representation of the steady-state demand as an infinite series in past errors.

The printed derivation also moves faster than a proof. Expanding Var(qt)\mathrm{Var}(q_t)Var(qt​) from Eq. (4) produces the cross terms Cov(Dt−1,σ^e,t−1L)\mathrm{Cov}(D_{t-1}, \hat\sigma^L_{e,t-1})Cov(Dt−1​,σ^e,t−1L​) and Cov(Dt−p−1,σ^etL)\mathrm{Cov}(D_{t-p-1}, \hat\sigma^L_{et})Cov(Dt−p−1​,σ^etL​), which lie outside the lags 1,…,p1, \dots, p1,…,p of Lemma 2.1. The display after Eq. (4) does not account for them. A complete proof of milestone 4 must show that these terms vanish too. For the chain, the stage orders are defined by a recursion across stages, and the variance of qtkq^k_tqtk​ involves the estimates σ^etLi\hat\sigma^{L_i}_{et}σ^etLi​​ of all stages i≤ki \le ki≤k.

Formalization scope

Random variables are real functions on a probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega, P)(Ω,P), and time is Z\mathbb ZZ, so that Dt−p−1D_{t-p-1}Dt−p−1​ exists for every ttt. Variance and covariance are Mathlib's ProbabilityTheory.variance and ProbabilityTheory.covariance. The demand structure ChenBullwhip.Centralized.AR1Demand records (1) for every outcome and the paper's error hypotheses: independence, identical distribution, symmetry, mean 000 and variance σ2\sigma^2σ2. It adds four disclosed conditions:

  1. σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0, since the results divide by Var(D)\mathrm{Var}(D)Var(D);
  2. square integrability of errors and demands, since Mathlib's variance of a non-square-integrable function is 000;
  3. a steady-state condition: every DtD_tDt​ is square integrable with the law of D0D_0D0​, which is the stationary solution the paper's moment formulas presuppose;
  4. p≥1p \ge 1p≥1 in every result.

The published Gaussian structure SupplyChainTheory.AR1Demand satisfies these conditions, so this mission generalizes the Snyder–Shen items rather than referencing them. The constants CL,ρC_{L,\rho}CL,ρ​ are free real parameters, and in the chain CLk,ρC_{L_k,\rho}CLk​,ρ​ is C(Lk)C(L_k)C(Lk​) for an arbitrary function CCC. Lead times are natural numbers, L=0L = 0L=0 included. Sums ∑i=1p\sum_{i=1}^p∑i=1p​ and ∑i=1k\sum_{i=1}^k∑i=1k​ run over {1,…,p}\{1,\dots,p\}{1,…,p} and {1,…,k}\{1,\dots,k\}{1,…,k}, and stages are numbered from 111. The order recursion qtk=ytk−yt−1k+qtk−1q^k_t = y^k_t - y^k_{t-1} + q^{k-1}_tqtk​=ytk​−yt−1k​+qtk−1​ is read from the paper's sequence of events, because the paper prints no formula for qtkq^k_tqtk​.

The orders are computed from the demands through the definitions above. They are never arbitrary random variables with assumed moments. "Tight" is formalized as equality, and orders are never truncated at zero. Without the steady-state condition, a process started from an arbitrary D0D_0D0​ satisfies (1) but has time-dependent moments, and the results fail; with σ=0\sigma = 0σ=0 the ratio form would be false. Both cases are excluded by the structure, not by vacuous hypotheses. The structure is satisfiable: i.i.d. standard Gaussian demands on Z→R\mathbb Z \to \mathbb RZ→R form an instance.

A complete development needs: the L2L^2L2 series representation of a stationary AR(1) process; distributional symmetry facts for i.i.d. sequences with a symmetric law; and covariance bookkeeping for finite linear combinations. The first two are reusable for any linear time-series model with symmetric innovations. Contributions to any milestone, and to general lemmas about stationary AR(1) processes, are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Chen, Z. Drezner, J. K. Ryan, D. Simchi-Levi, Quantifying the Bullwhip Effect in a Simple Supply Chain: The Impact of Forecasting, Lead Times, and Information, Management Science 46(3):436–443, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.46.3.436.12069
  • H. L. Lee, V. Padmanabhan, S. Whang, Information Distortion in a Supply Chain: The Bullwhip Effect, Management Science 43(4):546–558, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.43.4.546
  • J. D. Sterman, Modeling Managerial Behavior: Misperceptions of Feedback in a Dynamic Decision Making Experiment, Management Science 35(3):321–339, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.35.3.321
  • L. V. Snyder, Z.-J. M. Shen, Fundamentals of Supply Chain Theory, 2nd ed., Wiley, 2019, Chapter 13. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119584445
  • J. K. Ryan, Analysis of Inventory Models with Limited Demand Information, Ph.D. dissertation, Northwestern University, 1997 (cited by the paper for the proofs of Lemma 2.1 and Theorem 3.1).
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsComplexity TheoryDiscrete Geometry+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Exponential Lower Bounds for Polytopes in Combinatorial Optimization: The TSP Polytope Has Extension Complexity 2^Ω(√n)Research Paper

Motivation

Combinatorial optimization problems are routinely solved by writing the convex hull of their feasible solutions as the feasible region of a linear program. When that convex hull has exponentially many facets, a classical trick is to add auxiliary variables: a polytope with many facets may be the linear projection of a higher-dimensional polyhedron with few. The spanning tree polytope, the permutahedron and the parity polytope all have compact descriptions of this kind. This raises the question of whether every polytope of an NP-hard problem might also have one, which would yield a polynomial-size linear program for that problem.

In the late 1980s several papers claimed polynomial-size linear programs for the traveling salesman problem (TSP). Yannakakis (STOC 1988; JCSS 1991) refuted all such claims at once by showing that every symmetric extended formulation of the TSP polytope has exponential size. He asked whether the symmetry assumption could be removed. Fiorini, Massar, Pokutta, Tiwary and de Wolf (STOC 2012; J. ACM 2015) answered the question: every extended formulation of the TSP polytope, symmetric or not, has 2Ω(n)2^{\Omega(\sqrt n)}2Ω(n​) inequalities.

Timeline.

  • 1990: De Simone shows that the correlation polytope is linearly isomorphic to the cut polytope.
  • 1991: Yannakakis proves the factorization theorem (extension complexity equals the nonnegative rank of a slack matrix) and the exponential lower bound for symmetric formulations of the TSP and perfect matching polytopes.
  • 1992: Razborov proves the distributional lower bound for set disjointness.
  • 2003: de Wolf shows that the support of M(n)ab=(1−a⊤b)2M(n)_{ab}=(1-a^\top b)^2M(n)ab​=(1−a⊤b)2 needs 2Ω(n)2^{\Omega(n)}2Ω(n) rectangles to cover.
  • 2012/2015: Fiorini et al. prove xc(CUT(n))=2Ω(n)\mathrm{xc}(\mathrm{CUT}(n))=2^{\Omega(n)}xc(CUT(n))=2Ω(n), xc(TSP(n))=2Ω(n)\mathrm{xc}(\mathrm{TSP}(n))=2^{\Omega(\sqrt n)}xc(TSP(n))=2Ω(n​), and a 2Ω(n)2^{\Omega(\sqrt n)}2Ω(n​) bound for stable set polytopes of some graphs on nnn vertices.
  • 2013: Kaibel and Weltge give a short combinatorial proof of the correlation-polytope bound, with constant C=log⁡2(3/2)C=\log_2(3/2)C=log2​(3/2).
  • 2014: Rothvoss proves 2Ω(n)2^{\Omega(n)}2Ω(n) for the perfect matching polytope.

Setting

Let ι\iotaι be a finite index set. An extended formulation (EF) of a set P⊆RιP\subseteq\mathbb R^{\iota}P⊆Rι is a linear system E=x+F=y=g=E^{=}x+F^{=}y=g^{=}E=x+F=y=g=, E≤x+F≤y≤g≤E^{\le}x+F^{\le}y\le g^{\le}E≤x+F≤y≤g≤ in variables (x,y)∈Rι×Rk(x,y)\in\mathbb R^{\iota}\times\mathbb R^{k}(x,y)∈Rι×Rk such that x∈Px\in Px∈P exactly when some yyy satisfies it. Its size is the number of inequalities. The extension complexity xc(P)\mathrm{xc}(P)xc(P) is the least size of an EF of PPP.

A polytope is the convex hull of finitely many points. A face of PPP is PPP itself or its intersection with a valid hyperplane, and a facet is a maximal proper face. A polytope QQQ is an extension of PPP if π(Q)=P\pi(Q)=Pπ(Q)=P for some linear map π\piπ. Given P={x:Ax≤b}=conv(V)P=\{x : Ax\le b\}=\mathrm{conv}(V)P={x:Ax≤b}=conv(V), the slack matrix has entries Sij=bi−AivjS_{ij}=b_i-A_iv_jSij​=bi​−Ai​vj​. The nonnegative rank rank+(M)\mathrm{rank}_+(M)rank+​(M) is the least rrr with M=TUM=TUM=TU, where T≥0T\ge 0T≥0 has rrr columns and U≥0U\ge 0U≥0 has rrr rows.

For nnn-bit strings a,ba,ba,b, a⊤ba^\top ba⊤b is the number of common ones, and M(n)M(n)M(n) is the 2n×2n2^n\times 2^n2n×2n matrix Mab=(1−a⊤b)2M_{ab}=(1-a^\top b)^2Mab​=(1−a⊤b)2. A 1-monochromatic rectangle cover of its support is a family of products R1×R2R_1\times R_2R1​×R2​, each containing only entries with Mab≠0M_{ab}\ne 0Mab​=0, that together contain all of them.

On the complete graph Kn=(Vn,En)K_n=(V_n,E_n)Kn​=(Vn​,En​), χF∈REn\chi^F\in\mathbb R^{E_n}χF∈REn​ is the characteristic vector of an edge set FFF and δ(X)\delta(X)δ(X) is the cut of X⊆VnX\subseteq V_nX⊆Vn​. The polytopes are

CUT(n)=conv{χδ(X)},COR(n)=conv{bb⊤:b∈{0,1}n}⊆Rn×n,\mathrm{CUT}(n)=\mathrm{conv}\{\chi^{\delta(X)}\},\qquad \mathrm{COR}(n)=\mathrm{conv}\{bb^\top : b\in\{0,1\}^n\}\subseteq\mathbb R^{n\times n},CUT(n)=conv{χδ(X)},COR(n)=conv{bb⊤:b∈{0,1}n}⊆Rn×n, TSP(n)=conv{χF:F⊆En is a tour (Hamiltonian cycle) of Kn}.\mathrm{TSP}(n)=\mathrm{conv}\{\chi^F : F\subseteq E_n \text{ is a tour (Hamiltonian cycle) of } K_n\}.TSP(n)=conv{χF:F⊆En​ is a tour (Hamiltonian cycle) of Kn​}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 12

∃ C>0 ∃ N ∀n≥N:xc(TSP(n)) ≥ 2Cn.\exists\,C>0\ \exists\,N\ \forall n\ge N:\qquad \mathrm{xc}(\mathrm{TSP}(n))\ \ge\ 2^{C\sqrt n}.∃C>0 ∃N ∀n≥N:xc(TSP(n)) ≥ 2Cn​.

The constant is left unfixed, so the goal survives any improvement of it.

Milestones, in attack order

  • Razborov's distributional bound (displayed in the proof of Theorem 1) and Theorem 1: every 1-rectangle cover of the support of M(n)M(n)M(n) has 2Ω(n)2^{\Omega(n)}2Ω(n) rectangles.
  • Lemma 2 and Theorem 3 (Yannakakis): rank+(S)≤r\mathrm{rank}_+(S)\le rrank+​(S)≤r   ⟺  \iff⟺ an extension with at most rrr facets   ⟺  \iff⟺ an EF with at most rrr inequalities.
  • Theorem 4: rank+(M)\mathrm{rank}_+(M)rank+​(M) is at least the rectangle covering bound of its support (already proved on the platform, referenced).
  • Theorem 5: COR(n)\mathrm{COR}(n)COR(n) is linearly isomorphic to CUT(n+1)\mathrm{CUT}(n+1)CUT(n+1). Lemma 6: ⟨2 diag(a)−aa⊤,x⟩≤1\langle 2\,\mathrm{diag}(a)-aa^\top,x\rangle\le 1⟨2diag(a)−aa⊤,x⟩≤1 is valid for COR(n)\mathrm{COR}(n)COR(n), with slack MabM_{ab}Mab​ at bb⊤bb^\topbb⊤.
  • Theorem 7: xc(CUT(n+1))=xc(COR(n))≥2Cn\mathrm{xc}(\mathrm{CUT}(n+1))=\mathrm{xc}(\mathrm{COR}(n))\ge 2^{Cn}xc(CUT(n+1))=xc(COR(n))≥2Cn.
  • Lemma 9: xc\mathrm{xc}xc does not increase under taking faces or linear images. Lemma 11: TSP(q)\mathrm{TSP}(q)TSP(q) with q=O(n2)q=O(n^2)q=O(n2) has a face that is an extension of COR(n)\mathrm{COR}(n)COR(n).
  • Stable sets: Lemma 8 and Theorem 10, xc(STAB(Gn))=2Ω(n)\mathrm{xc}(\mathrm{STAB}(G_n))=2^{\Omega(\sqrt n)}xc(STAB(Gn​))=2Ω(n​) for some graph GnG_nGn​ on nnn vertices.

Significance

The theorem rules out every polynomial-size linear programming formulation of the TSP polytope, in any number of auxiliary variables, which settles Yannakakis's question. The cut polytope bound does the same for max-cut, and the stable set bound for the stable set problem on general graphs. The results do not depend on P vs NP: they concern one specific model of computation, linear programs whose feasible region projects onto the polytope. They started a line of work on extension complexity, including perfect matching (Rothvoss), approximate EFs and semidefinite lifts.

Formalizing the result would produce a machine-checked chain from a communication-complexity bound to a polyhedral one. The paper's results are proved; the input of Theorem 1, Razborov's bound, is only cited, and is posed here as a separate target. To our knowledge none of these statements has a formal proof in Lean or another proof assistant. The polyhedral layer (Yannakakis's theorem, faces and extensions) and the matrix layer (nonnegative rank, rectangle covers) can be reused for later extension-complexity results.

Difficulty

The obvious approach, bounding the number of facets of the TSP polytope, does not work: extended formulations exist precisely because a projection can have far more facets than the lifted polyhedron. Any lower bound must cover every lifting at once, which means working with the nonnegative rank of a slack matrix rather than with any concrete formulation. Ordinary rank is no help, because M(n)M(n)M(n) has rank O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2). The step that carries the weight is Razborov's distributional bound for disjointness, a nontrivial piece of communication complexity. On the polyhedral side, Lemma 11 needs a reduction from 3SAT to a directed and then an undirected Hamiltonian cycle problem, realized as a face of TSP(q)\mathrm{TSP}(q)TSP(q) with q=O(n2)q=O(n^2)q=O(n2). Theorem 12 also needs a monotonicity of xc(TSP(n))\mathrm{xc}(\mathrm{TSP}(n))xc(TSP(n)) in nnn that the paper only indicates.

Formalization scope

  • Everything is over R\mathbb RR. Points of Rd\mathbb R^dRd are functions ι→R\iota\to\mathbb Rι→R on a finite type. REn\mathbb R^{E_n}REn​ has one coordinate per unordered edge of KnK_nKn​ (non-diagonal elements of Sym2 (Fin n)). Rn×n\mathbb R^{n\times n}Rn×n is indexed by ordered pairs, and the Frobenius product is the dot product over ordered pairs. Bit strings are Fin n → Bool.
  • xc\mathrm{xc}xc and rank+\mathrm{rank}_+rank+​ are natural numbers (sInf of the attainable sizes), never ∞\infty∞, so no lower bound can hold through an infinite value. The size of an EF counts inequalities only.
  • Every 2Ω(f(n))2^{\Omega(f(n))}2Ω(f(n)) is ∃C>0 ∃N ∀n≥N\exists C>0\,\exists N\,\forall n\ge N∃C>0∃N∀n≥N, 2Cf(n)≤⋅2^{Cf(n)}\le\cdot2Cf(n)≤⋅ (real power). Every O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) is a constant ccc with ≤c n2\le c\,n^2≤cn2, uniform in nnn.
  • Theorem 7 and Lemma 11 carry an added n≥1n\ge 1n≥1: at n=0n=0n=0 the printed statements fail, since COR(0)\mathrm{COR}(0)COR(0) is a point with xc=0\mathrm{xc}=0xc=0 and no positive q≤c⋅0q\le c\cdot 0q≤c⋅0 exists.
  • "Linearly isomorphic" in Theorem 5 is an injective linear map carrying CUT(n+1)\mathrm{CUT}(n+1)CUT(n+1) onto COR(n)\mathrm{COR}(n)COR(n), because the two ambient spaces have different dimensions.
  • In Theorem 3, dim⁡P≥1\dim P\ge 1dimP≥1 is "PPP has two distinct points". Faces include ∅\emptyset∅ and PPP, facets are maximal proper faces, and facets are counted with an explicit finite family.
  • Ruled out: a TSP polytope over ordered pairs, all cycles or directed tours, a weakened isomorphism in Theorem 5, and an extension complexity valued in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞} that is infinite on a broken EF definition.
  • Welcome contributions: proofs of any milestone, in particular Lemma 2 and the factorization theorem (reusable for every later extension-complexity result), Theorem 5, and the face construction of Lemma 11; a proof of the monotonicity of xc(TSP(n))\mathrm{xc}(\mathrm{TSP}(n))xc(TSP(n)) in nnn as a supporting lemma.

Selected references

  • S. Fiorini, S. Massar, S. Pokutta, H. R. Tiwary, R. de Wolf, Exponential lower bounds for polytopes in combinatorial optimization, J. ACM 62(2), Art. 17, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1145/2716307
  • M. Yannakakis, Expressing combinatorial optimization problems by linear programs, J. Comput. Syst. Sci. 43(3), 441–466, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0000(91)90024-Y
  • A. A. Razborov, On the distributional complexity of disjointness, Theoret. Comput. Sci. 106(2), 385–390, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-3975(92)90260-M
  • R. de Wolf, Nondeterministic quantum query and communication complexities, SIAM J. Comput. 32(3), 681–699, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539702407345
  • C. De Simone, The cut polytope and the Boolean quadric polytope, Discrete Math. 79(1), 71–75, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1016/0012-365X(90)90056-N
  • V. Kaibel, S. Weltge, A short proof that the extension complexity of the correlation polytope grows exponentially, Discrete Comput. Geom. 53, 397–401, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00454-014-9655-9
  • T. Rothvoss, The matching polytope has exponential extension complexity, J. ACM 64(6), Art. 41, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1145/3127497
21 thms3 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 15 of 89Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me